Donate
 
    
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Grammar Search "kas" has 3 results.
     
kas: masculine nominative singular stem: ka
kās: feminine nominative plural stem: ka
kās: feminine accusative plural stem: ka
Root Search
  
"kas" has 8 results.
    
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√kaśkaśaagatiśāsanayoḥ217
√kaṣkaṣaahiṃsārthaḥ1447
√kaskasaagatiśāsanayoḥ217
√kaskasaagatau1590
√kaskasiigatiśāsanayoḥ217
√kāśkāśdīptau1418
√kāśkāśdīptau454
√kāskāsśabdakutsāyām1402
  
"kas" has 8 results.
        Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√कश्kaśgoing / gati347/3Cl.2
√कश्kaśdestroying / śāsana1068/3Cl.2
√कष्kaṣinjuring, killing / hiṃsā1297/3Cl.1
√कस्kasmoving, going, approaching / gati347/3Cl.1
√कस्kasgoing / gati347/3Cl.2
√कस्kasdestroying / śāsana1068/3Cl.2
√काश्kāśshining / dīpti481/3Cl.10, 4
√कास्kāscounghing or making a sound indicative of any disease / śabda-kutsā1052/2, 290/3Cl.1
     Amarakosha Search  
81 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhriḥFeminineSingularkāṣṭhakudālaḥa scraper or shovel
asthiraḥ3.1.42MasculineSingularsaṃkasukaḥ
ātmaguptāFeminineSingularṛṣyaproktā, śūkaśimbiḥ, ajaḍā, kapikacchuḥ, avyaṇḍā, markaṭī, kaṇḍūrā, prāvṛṣāyaṇī
bhūḥ2.1.2-3FeminineSingularkṣmā, mahī, dhātrī, kumbhinī, ratnagarbhā, bhūmiḥ, rasā, dharā, kṣoṇī, kṣitiḥ, vasudhā, gotrā, pṛthvī, medinī, gahvarī, ilā, bhūtadhātrī, sāgarāmbarā, anantā, sthirā, dharaṇī, kāśyapī, vasumatī, vasundharā, pṛthivī, avaniḥ, vipulā, gauḥ, kṣamā, jagatī, acalā, viśvambharā, dharitrī, jyā, sarvaṃsahā, urvī, kuḥ
ca3.3.258MasculineSingularsambhāvyam, krodhaḥ, upagamaḥ, kutsanam, prākāśyam
caṇḍālaḥ2.10.19MasculineSingularantevāsī, janaṅgamaḥ, plavaḥ, pukkasaḥ, śvapacaḥ, divākīrttiḥ, cāṇḍālaḥ, niṣādaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ
daraḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularvinā, tādarthyam, paridhānam, avasaraḥ, ātmīyaḥ, bhedaḥ, avadhiḥ, antarātmā, bahiḥ, chidram, antardhiḥ, avakāśaḥ, madhyaḥ
diśFeminineSingularkakup, kāṣṭhā, āśā, haritquarter or region pointed at/ direction
droṇī1.10.11FeminineSingularkāṣṭhāmbuvāhinīan oval vessel of wood used for holding or pouring out of water
dveṣyaḥ3.1.43MasculineSingularkaśārhaḥ
dyauḥ1.2.1FeminineSingularvyoma, nabhaḥ, anntam, viyat, vihāyaḥ, dyuḥ, meghādhvā, dyauḥ, puṣkaram, antarīkṣam, suravartma, viṣṇupadam, vihāyasaḥ, tārāpathaḥ, mahābilam, abhram, ambaram, gaganam, kham, ākāśam, nākaḥ, antarikṣamsky
ekāgraḥ3.1.79MasculineSingularekatālaḥ, ananyavṛttiḥ, ekāyanaḥ, ekasargaḥ, ekāgryaḥ, ekāyanagataḥ
gambhārī2.4.35FeminineSingularśrīparṇī, bhadraparṇī, kāśmaryaḥ, sarvatobhadrā, kāśmarī, madhuparṇikā
gandhanam3.3.122NeuterSingularavakāśaḥ, sthitiḥ
indraḥ1.1.45MasculineSingularmarutvān, pākaśāsanaḥ, puruhūtaḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, divaspatiḥ, vajrī, vṛṣā, balārātiḥ, harihayaḥ, saṅkrandanaḥ, meghavāhanaḥ, ṛbhukṣāḥ, maghavā, vṛddhaśravāḥ, purandaraḥ, śakraḥ, sutrāmā, vāsavaḥ, vāstoṣpatiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, svārāṭ, duścyavanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, viḍaujāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, śatamanyuḥ, gotrabhid, vṛtrahā, surapatiḥ, jambhabhedī, namucisūdanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, sahasrākṣaḥindra, the king of the gods
jayantaḥMasculineSingularpākaśāsaniḥthe son of indra
kadalīFeminineSingularrambhā, mocā, aṃśumatphalā, kāṣṭhilā, vāraṇavusā
kāmpilyaḥFeminineSingularrocanī, karkaśaḥ, candraḥ, raktāṅgaḥ
kaśā2.10.31FeminineSingular
kāsaḥ2.6.52MasculineSingularkṣavathuḥ
kāśamMasculineSingularikṣugandhā, poṭagalaḥ
kasamardaḥ3.5.19MasculineSingular
kāsāraḥMasculineSingularsarasī, saraḥartificial lake for lotus
kaṣāyaḥ3.3.161MasculineSingularśapathaḥ, tathyaḥ
kaśerukā2.6.70FeminineSingular
kaśipu3.3.137MasculineSingularbudhaḥ, manojñaḥ
kaṣṭam3.3.45MasculineSingularutkarṣaḥ, sthitiḥ, diśā
kāṣṭhā3.3.47FeminineSingularsarpaḥ, māṃsātpaśuḥ
kāṣṭhāMasculineSingularsixteen thirds
kāṣṭhamNeuterSingulardāru
kaśyaḥ3.1.43MasculineSingularkaśyaḥ
kaśyam2.8.47NeuterSingular
khalinī2.4.42FeminineSingularkhalyā, svargaḥ, ākāśaḥ
klībam3.3.221MasculineSingularrahaḥ, prakāśaḥ
kuberaḥ1.1.68-69MasculineSingularekapiṅgaḥ, paulastyaḥ, dhanādhipaḥ, manuṣyadharmā, tryambakasakhaḥ, śrīdaḥ, yakṣaḥ, vaiśravaṇaḥ, rājarājaḥ, guhyakeśvaraḥ, aiḍaviḍaḥ, naravāhanaḥ, kinnareśaḥ, dhanadaḥ, yakṣarāṭ, puṇyajaneśvaraḥkuber
kuṅkumam2.6.124NeuterSingularlohitacandanam, saṅkocam, bāhlīkam, kāśmīrājanma, dhīram, raktam, varam, piśunam, pītanam, agniśikham
lulāpaḥ2.2.5MasculineSingularmahiṣaḥ, vāhadviṣan, kāsaraḥ, sairibhaḥ
mañjiṣṭhāFeminineSingularbhaṇḍīrī, vikasā, bhaṇḍī, jiṅgī, yojanavallī, samaṅgā, kālameśikā, maṇḍūkaparṇī
mṛganābhiḥ1.2.130MasculineSingularmṛgamadaḥ, kastūrī
mūrchā2.8.111FeminineSingularkaśmalam, mohaḥ
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivalinī, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
nikaṣaḥ2.10.32MasculineSingularkaṣaḥ, śāṇaḥ
pāṭhāFeminineSingularpāpacelī, śreyasī, ambaṣṭhā, vanatiktikā, ekāṣṭhīlā, sthāpanī, prācīnā, rasā, viddhakarṇī
pauṣkaraṃ mūlamNeuterSingularkāśmīram, padmapatram
pīḍā1.9.3FeminineSingularamānasyam, prasūtijam, kaṣṭam, bādhā, kṛcchram, vyathā, ābhīlam, duḥkhammental halu
pītadruḥ2.2.60MasculineSingularsaralaḥ, pūtikāṣṭham
praphullaḥMasculineSingularvikacaḥ, sphuṭaḥ, phullaḥ, utphullaḥ, vikasitaḥ, saṃphullaḥ, vyākośaḥ
rākṣasaḥMasculineSingularrakṣaḥ, puṇyajanaḥ, karvuraḥ, āśaraḥ, kravyāt, yātu, yātudhānaḥ, rātricaraḥ, asrapaḥ, kauṇapaḥ, nairṛtaḥ, nikaṣātmajaḥ, rātriñcaraḥ, kravyādaḥgiant
rakṣivargaḥ2.8.6MasculineSingularanīkasthaḥ
raktapā1.10.22FeminineSingularjalaukasaḥ, jalaukāa leech
rathakāraḥ2.10.9MasculineSingulartakṣā, ‍vardhakiḥ, tvaṣṭāḥ, kāṣṭhataṭ
śakrapādapaḥ2.2.53MasculineSingulardevadāru, bhadradāru, drukilimam, pītadāru, dāru, pūtikāṣṭham, pāribhadrakaḥ
samayā2.4.7MasculineSingularnikaṣā, hiruk
saptalāFeminineSingularvimalā, sātalā, bhūriphenā, carmakaṣā
satyam3.3.162NeuterSingularkaśerū, hema
śivamallīFeminineSingularpāśupataḥ, ekāṣṭhīlaḥ, vakaḥ, vasuḥ
surā2.10.39FeminineSingularva‍ruṇātmajā, halipriyā, madyam, pari‍srutā, prasannā, para‍srut, kaśyam, ‍‍kādambarī, gandhokṣamā, hālā, madirā, irā
sūryasūtaḥMasculineSingulararuṇaḥ, anūruḥ, kāśyapiḥ, garuḍāgrajaḥthe dawn
tantraḥ3.3.193NeuterSingularrājakaśerū
tuvaraḥMasculineSingularkaṣāyaḥan astringent taste
tvamī2.10.37FeminineSingularnibhaḥ, saṃkāśaḥ, nīkāśaḥ, pratīkāśaḥ
upaghnaḥ2.4.19MasculineSingularantikāśrayaḥ
ūrī3.3.262MasculineSingularnāma, prākāśyam
uta3.3.251MasculineSingularprakāśaḥ, ādiḥ, samāptiḥ, hetuḥ, prakaraṇam
varārohā2.6.4FeminineSingularuttamā, varavarṇinī, mattakāśinī
vikāsī3.1.29MasculineSingularvikasvaraḥ
vṛtāntaḥ3.3.70MasculineSingularkāsū, sāmarthyam
prakāśaḥ1.3.34MasculineSingulardyotaḥ, ātapaḥsun-shine
palaṅkaṣāFeminineSingulargokṣurakaḥ, vanaśṛṅgāṭaḥ, ikṣugandhā, śvadaṃṣṭrā, svādukaṇṭakaḥ, gokaṇṭakaḥ
kasam2.6.69NeuterSingularkulyam, asthi
kasthānam2.9.27NeuterSingularmahānasam, rasavatī
caṭikāśiraḥ2.9.111NeuterSingular‍golomī
nikaṣaḥ2.10.32MasculineSingularkaṣaḥ, śāṇaḥ
vikāsī3.1.29MasculineSingularvikasvaraḥ
niṣkāsitaḥ3.1.38MasculineSingularavakṛṣṭaḥ
karkaśaḥ3.1.75MasculineSingularmūrtimat, krūram, mūrttam, kaṭhoram, niṣṭhuram, dṛḍham, jaraṭham, kakkhaṭam
vīkāśaḥ3.3.223MasculineSingularekavidhā, avasthānam
karkaśaḥ3.3.225MasculineSingularātmā, mānavaḥ
prakāśaḥ3.3.226MasculineSingularkākaḥ, matsyaḥ
divaukasaḥ3.3.234MasculineSingularhitāśaṃsā, ahidaṃṣṭraḥ
cikkasam3.5.35MasculineSingular
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
577 results for kas
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
kas cl.1 P. kasati- () , to go, move, approach ; (perf. cakāsa- equals śuśubhe- commentator or commentary) to beam, shine : Intensive canīkasīti-, canīkasyate- (see kaś-, kaṃs-, niḥ-kas-,and vi-kas-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kas kaste- varia lectio for kaṃs-, kaṃste- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasin the bhāṣā- = kṛṣ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasam. (equals kaṣa-) a touch stone Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāf. (equals kaśā-) a whip Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāmbun. a heap of wood (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasanam. cough (equals kāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasanāf. a kind of venomous snake (or spider, lūtā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasanotpāṭanam. "cough-relieving", the plant Gendarussa vulgaris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāran. (varia lectio kaṃsāra-,or kaṃsāra-) equals kṛsara-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasārasm. ? a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasarṇīram. or kasarṇ/īla- a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasarṇīram. (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasetum. (equals kaseru-), Name of a part of bhārata-varṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasipum. food (equals kaśipu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasīyan. brass (kāṃsya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaskādia gaRa () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasmalafor kaśmala- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasmātind. (ablative fr. 2. k/a- etc.) where from? whence? why? wherefore? (see a-kasmāt-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasphilam. Name of a Buddhist bhikṣu- (varia lectio for kaṣphila-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastambhīf. (fr. ka-,"head"? + stambha-) the prop of a carriage-pole, piece of wood fastened on at the extreme end of the pole serving as a prop or rest (popularly called"sipoy"in Western India, and in English,"horse") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastīran. (said to be from kāś-,"to shine") , tin (see kāstīra-;.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrim. Name (also title or epithet) of the author of a law-book. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrīf. musk etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrīf. the plant Hibiscus Abelmoschus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrīf. the plant Amaryllis zeylanica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikāf. (or kasturikā-?) musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikāf. musk, the animal perfume (supposed to come out of the navel of the musk-deer, and brought from Kashmir, Nepal, Western Assam or Butan, the latter being the best) (confer, compare Greek .) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikaiṇīf. the female musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikākuraṅgam. the musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikāmadam. musk. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikāmṛgam. the musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrikāmṛgīf. the female musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrīmallikāf. a species of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrīmṛgam. the musk-deer commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastūrismṛtif. smṛtiśekhara
kasunthe kṛt- suffix as forming in the veda- an indeclinable (avyaya- ) infinitive with ablative sense (see vi-s/ṛpas-, ā-t/ṛdas-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasvaramfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasvaraSee 1. kas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhrakasattvan. steel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikasaṃvatsaram. an intercalated month. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikasāptatikamfn. (containing or costing) more than seventy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agaukasSee 2. a-ga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agaukasm. "mountain-dweller", a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agaukasm. "tree-dweller", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agaukasm. the śarabha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agiraukasmfn. (girā- instrumental case of gir-,and okas-), not to be kept back by hymns, Name of the marut-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhnikasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikasahasrikamfn. (fr. eka-sahasra-), possessing 1001. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikasvaryan. (fr. eka-svara-), the state of having but one accent (as of a compound) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikasvaryan. sameness of tone, monotony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akasmātind. without a why or a wherefore, accidentally, suddenly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākasmikamf(ī-)n. (fr. a-kasmāt- gaRa vinayādi-, q.v), causeless, unforeseen, unexpected, sudden etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākasmikamf(ī-)n. accidental, casual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akasyavidmfn. not attending to anything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alakasaṃhatif. rows of curls. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alīkasupta n. pretended sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alīkasuptakan. pretended sleep
alokasāmānyamfn. not common among ordinary people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokasthānan. reach or range of sight, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokasuvegadhvajam. Name (also title or epithet) of a serpent-demon, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambaraukasm. "sky-dweller", a good View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anakasmātind. not without a cause or an object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anakasmātind. not accidentally, not suddenly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānakasthalakamfn. belonging to ānaka-sthalī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānakasthalīf. Name of a country. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekasaṃkhyamfn. very numerous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekasaṃsthānamfn. wearing various disguises (as spies), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīkastham. a warrior or combatant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīkastham. an armed or royal guard, a sentinel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīkastham. the trainer of an elephant, an elephant-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīkastham. a mark, a sign, signal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīkastham. a military drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkasn. a curve or bend confer, compare Greek View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkasan. the flanks or the trappings of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkasaṃjñāf. Name (also title or epithet) of a work on the numerical value of woeds expressing numerals (by Ra1ma7nanda-ti1rtha) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvākasaṅkhyāf. the fourth of the eighteen pariśiṣṭa-s of the yajur-veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvikasto blow, expand, as a flower. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyokasmfn. not remaining in one's habitation (okas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaulkasam. not a paulkasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyaukasm. "whose abode is the forest", a Brahman who has left his family and become an anchorite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasamudgam. the tip of an arka--bud (See -koś/ī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasāti(ark/a--) f. invention of hymns, poetical inspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasodaram. indra-'s elephant airāvata-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkastubhmfn. singing hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasūnum. (equals -ja- q.v) the planet Saturn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasūnum. Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasutam. (equals -tanaya- q.v) Name of karṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkasutāf. Name of the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃjñikasattvam. plural Name (also title or epithet) of certain ecstatic beings, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkasukamfn. not undetermined, firm, steady View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśmakasumantum. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asukas Nominal verb sg. equals asak/au- q.v commentator or commentary (see amuka-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvikasautrikamfn. made of woollen threads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyakasṛñjarī f. Name of sṛñjarī- and one of the two wives of bhajamāna- (an older sister of upabāhyakā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakasahavāsinm. "fellow-lodger of the heron", a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakasaktham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakasaktham. plural his descendants gaRa yaskādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālālokasaṃkṣepam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balkasan. dregs or sediment left in the distillation of ardent spirits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhāyanacarakasautrāmaṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣikasūtran. Name of a sūtra- (on the manner of marking the accent in the ) attributed to kātyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣikasvaram. equals brāhmaṇasvara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaśokasamāviṣṭamfn. filled with fear and sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhikṣukasatīf. a virtuous female mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojanakastūrīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūlokasuranāyakam. an indra- of the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvanaukasm. "inhabitant of heaven", a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilaukasmfn. and m. equals bilavāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhaikasiddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatarkastavam. Name of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatarkastavavivaraṇan. Name of a commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāvabodhavivekasindhum. brahmāvabodha
bṛhadāraṇyakavārttikasāramn. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasam. a caṇḍāla- (see pukkasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasaf. equals kālī- (black colour?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasīf. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camakasūktan. "the hymn containing came- ", Name of on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camakasūktan. see nam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camakasūktaSee cama-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturviṃśatidaṇḍakastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikkasam. n. barley-meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cukkasam. equals bukk- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānaukasm. delighting in a sacrificial meal (indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devanāyakastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaukasn. "divine abode", mount meru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhenukasūdanam. equals -dhvaṃsin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. "sky-dweller", a deity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. planet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. the cātaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. a deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasm. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasam. (equals kas-) a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaukasam. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divokasm. (see vau-,) a god or the cātaka- bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhaśokasamanvitamfn. idem or 'mfn. feeling pain and sorrow ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekānekasvarūpamfn. simple yet manifold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasabhan. the only meeting-place or resort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasahasran. 1001 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasahasran. ([v]ṛṣabhaikasahasraṃ-[ ] or hasrās- scilicet gāvas-,a thousand cows and one bull ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasākṣikamfn. witnessed by one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasālan. Name of a place (varia lectio for -śāla-) edition Bombay. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasampratyayam. having the same signification, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaṃśrayamfn. keeping together, closely allied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaṃvatsaram. duration of one year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaptatamfn. the 71st. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaptatif. 71 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaptatignṇamfn. multiplied by 71, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaptatikamfn. consisting of 71. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasaptatitamamfn. the 71st. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasargamfn. closely attentive, having the mind intent upon one object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasārthaprayātamfn. going after one and the same object, having the same aim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasatīf. the only satī- or faithful wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasphyāf. (scilicet lekhā-) a line scratched with one piece of wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasṛkam. a kind of jackal (having solitary habits) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekastambhamfn. resting upon one pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthamfn. standing together, remaining in the same place, conjoined, combined, assembled etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthamfn. standing in or occupying only one panel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthānan. one place, one and the same place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthānamfn. having the same place of production, uttered by the same organ of speech commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthānāśrayamfn. sthānāśraya
ekasthānāśrayasee sthān-, page 1263. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasthāneind. locative case together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekastomamfn. accompanied or celebrated by only one stoma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasūnum. an only son. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasūtran. a small double drum (played by a string and ball attached to the body of it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giraukasSee /a-g-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gītapustakasaṃgraham. idem or 'n. Name of a collection of songs ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharabrahmamānasikasnānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharātmakastotran. Name of various stotra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakasaṃvādastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hematilakasūrim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
herambakasenam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hevākasamfn. whimsical, capricious (as love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasmfn. living in or near water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasm. inhabitant of water, aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasm. Name of a Kashmir king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasf. (said to be used in plural only) equals kasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasamn. "water-homed", a leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaukasāf. idem or 'mn. "water-homed", a leech ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janakasaptarātram. Name of a saptāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janakasiṃham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janakasutāf. equals -tanayā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātakasaṃgraham. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñāpakasamuccayam. " jñāpaka- rules(of ) ", Name of work by puruṣottama-deva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaikasam. patronymic fr. kīkasa- gaRa śārṅgaravādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaikasīf. Name of a daughter of the rākṣasa- sumālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kailāsaukasm. "having his abode on the kailāsa-"Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasampātam. the flight of a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasparśam. the touching of a crow on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasparśam. a ceremony performed on the tenth day after a death consisting in the offering of rice to crows. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasphūrjam. the plant Diospyrus tomentosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastrīf. equals -śīrṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasvaram. a shrill tone. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālakastūrīf. Hibiscus Abelmoschus (the seeds smelling of musk when rubbed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaviṅkasvaram. a kind of samādhi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaviṅkasvaramfn. having a voice (soft) as a sparrow's, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambham. a golden column or stem etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambhāf. "having a golden stem", a species of Musa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambharuciramfn. shining with columns of gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakasthalīf. a gold mine, golden soil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakasūtran. a golden cord or chain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kānanaukasm. "forest-dweller", a monkey (see vanaukas-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭakasthalīf. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karkasāran. flour or meal mixed with curds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karkasvāminm. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmavipākasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmavipākasāram. idem or 'm. Name of work ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇajalaukasn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikasiddhāntam. Name of a scholiast on the mugdha-bodha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārukasiddhāntinm. plural Name of a śaiva- sect commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśikasūkṣman. idem or 'n. fine cotton from kāśi- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautukasarvasvan. Name of a comedy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitārkikasiṃham. "lion of poets and philosophers", Name of veṅkaṭa-nātha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kīcakasūdanam. equals -jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasamfn. hard, firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasam. the breast-bone and the cartilages of the ribs connected with it (cartilagines costarum) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasam. a kind of worm (equals kikkiśa-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāf. Vedic or Veda vertebra or a rib (of which six are enumerated) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasan. idem or 'f. Vedic or Veda vertebra or a rib (of which six are enumerated) etc.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasan. a bone (see kaikasa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasamukham. "having a mouth of bone", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāsthin. vertebra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāsyam. equals kīkasa-mukha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍanīyakasaṃnibhamfn. like a toy or doll View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kroḍakaserukam. Cyperus rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrāmalakasaṃjñam. Name of a tree (equals karkaṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhakasvanam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhakasvaram. idem or 'm. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśikasūtran. Name of a sūtra- belonging to the (generally called kauśika-sūtra- see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭumbaukasn. apartments etc. appropriated to the accommodation of relations, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latākastūrīf. musk-creeper, a kind of aromatic medicinal plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latākastūrīf. (according to to some "Hibiscus Moschatus") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latākastūrikā f. musk-creeper, a kind of aromatic medicinal plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latākastūrikāf. (according to to some "Hibiscus Moschatus") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasādhakamfn. creating worlds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasādhāraṇamfn. common (as a topic.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasāgaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasākṣi(= - kṣin-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasākṣikamfn. having the world as a witness, attested by the world or by others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasākṣikamind. before or in the presence of witnesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasākṣinm. witness of the world, universal witness (said of brahman-, of Fire etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasākṣinmfn. equals -sākṣika- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasāmann. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgraham. experience gained from intercourse with men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgraham. the propitiation or conciliation of men (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgraham. the whole of the universe, aggregate of worlds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgraham. the welfare of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃgrāhinmfn. propitiating men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃkaram. confusion of mankind or among men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃkṣayam. the destruction of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasampannamfn. experienced in the world, possessed of worldly wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃskṛta(?) , Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃsṛtif. passage through worlds, course through the world, events of the world or life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃvṛttif. right conduct (in the world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃvyavahāram. commerce or intercourse with the world, worldly business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃvyavahāranāmakāṅkam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasanimfn. causing room or space, effecting a free course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasāraṅgam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasātind. for the general good, for the sake of the public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasātkṛtamfn. made or done for the general good, made common property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasiddhamfn. world-established, current among the people, usual, common
lokasiddhamfn. universally admitted, generally received View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasīmānurodhinmfn. conforming to ordinary limits, moderate, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasīmātivartinmfn. passing beyond ordinary limits, extraordinary, supernatural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasmṛtmfn. varia lectio for prec. (according to to commentator or commentary equals pṛthivī-lokasya-smartā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokaspṛtmfn. equals -s/ani- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasthalan. an incident of ordinary life, common or ordinary occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasthitif. duration or existence of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasthitif. a universal law, generally established rule on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasundaramf(ī-)n. thought beautiful by all, generally admired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasundaram. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lolatkasāṅgulimfn. having restless or tremulous fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhūkasāram. the pith of the Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyāhnikasaṃdhyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinārkasaṃtaptamfn. burnt by the midday-sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādrukasthalakamfn. (fr. madruka-sthalī-) gaRa dhūmādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madrukasthalīf. gaRa dhūmādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhakasthalakamfn. (fr. prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhakasthalīf. Name of a place gaRa dhūmādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mainākasvasṛf. "sister of maināka-", Name of pārvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mākṣikasvāminm. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallakasampuṭam. or n. (prob.) a vessel consisting of two halves (a cup and a cover)
mānasaukasmfn. dwelling on lake manasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasaukasm. a wild goose or swan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍūkasarasan. a frog-meditation-pond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrarājātmakastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marandaukas n. "nectar-abode", a flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marandaukasan. "nectar-abode", a flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
markasam. vapid spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārtaṇḍatilakasvāminm. Name of the teacher of the sage vācaspati-. miśra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakasneham. "head-marrow", the brain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauktikasaram. a string of properly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣaviṃśakastotran. "20 verses on emancipation", Name of the verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgāṅkasenam. Name of a king of the vidyā-dhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūṣikasthalan. (prob.) a mole-hill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣkasrotas(in anatomy) vas deferens or funiculus, , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣṭikasvastikam. a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtraukasādam. a particular disease (in which the urine assumes various colours and is voided with pain) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhaukasm. inhabiting the sky or atmosphere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaraukasm. equals ra-vāsin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaukasm. "mountain- or tree-dweller", () lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaukasm. the fabulous animal śarabha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaukasm. a crow (see agaukas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaukasm. any bird. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣkasahasrikamfn. containing or worth 100 (1000) niṣkas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣṭhikasundaramfn. naiṣṭhika
kasadmfn. sitting or dwelling in the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasadm. a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasadm. Name of 9 ekāha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasadf. Name of a kind of iṣṭakā- ( nākasattva sat-tv/a- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasattvan. nākasad
kastrīf. equals -nārī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākaukasm. equals ka-s/ad- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakankasm. equals vāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakasthamfn. living or being in hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakasthāf. the river of hell vaitaraṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakasvargaprāptiprakāravarṇanan. "description of the mode of obtaining heaven and hell", Name of chapter of the māghamāhātmya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narmaikasodaramfn. having pleasure or mirth as one's only brother, thinking only of sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśaṅkasuptamfn. sleeping calmly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nikasa tmoja- equals ni-kaṣa-, ṣāt- (above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣekasvarāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣkasCaus. -kāsayati- (also written -kāś-and niḥ-kās-), to drive or turn out, expel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamālāvārttikasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyokasmfn. belonging to home, domestic, wont, comfortable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
okasn. house, dwelling, place of abiding, abode, home, refuge, asylum (see divaukas-, vanaukas-,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pācakastrīf. a female cook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paitṛmedhikasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasaṃsthāf. a form of the pāka-yajña-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasthāman(p/āka-) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasthānan. "cooking-place", a kitchen or a potter's kiln View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasutvanmfn. offering soma- with a simple or sincere mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pākṣikasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṃsukasīsan. sulphate of iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcatattvātmakastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paralokasthānan. the state of (being in) the other world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣāṅkasūtran. Name of work
paryaṅkasthamfn. sitting on a sofa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātālaukasm. an inhabitant of pātāla-, an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭaukasn. a tent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathikasaṃhati f. () a company of travellers, a caravan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathikasaṃtatif. () a company of travellers, a caravan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathikasārtham. ( ) a company of travellers, a caravan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paukkasa varia lectio for paulkasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paulkasam. (equals pulkasa-) the son of a niṣāda- or of a śūdra- father and of a kṣatriyā- mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṇḍarīkasāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāvakasutam. patronymic of su-darśana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalakasakthan. a thigh like a board
pikasvarāf. "cuckoo's note", Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pinākasenam. "armed with pināka-", Name of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṣṭakasaṃkrāntif. Name of a particular festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāmavikasatmfn. expanding or blooming abundantly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakasCaus. -kāsayati-, to drive away (in Prakrit) ; to cause to bloom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātarvikasvaramfn. rising early View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikasaṃjñāvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣkasam. equals ṣka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikasyan. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravikasP. -kasati-, to open, expand (intr.) ; to appear, become manifest, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogavivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthūdakasvāminm. Name of the author of a commentator or commentary on the brahma-gupta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pukkasam. idem or 'm. wrong reading for pulkasa- q.v ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pukkasaf. equals kalikā- or kālikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pukkasīf. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pulkasam. (f(ī-).) Name of a despised mixed tribe (also kaka- ; see paulkas/a-and pukkaśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puñjikasthalā( etc.) f. Name of an apsaras-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puñjikasthalī() f. Name of an apsaras-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraukasm. an inhabitant of a town or of tripura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajakasarasvatīf. Name of a poetess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakaserum. or f. Cyperus Rotundus (also rukā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakaserun. the root of Cyperus Pertenuis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājātmakastavam. Name of a panegyric of rāma-.
rakasāf. a form of leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasikasaṃjīvinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasikasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rekhājātakasudhākaram. Name of work (on prognostications from lines on various parts of the body). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rogāntakasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rokasn. light, splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romakasiddhāntam. Name of romakācārya-'s siddhānta- (one of the 5 chief astronomical siddhānta-s current in the age of varāha-mihira-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romakasiddhāntam. of a modern fiction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhakasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhaikasthanan. the standing or being alone with (any one) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmārthaślokasahasrāvatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśokas(sah/asra--) mfn. emitting a thousand flames View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakasthānan. Name of a country () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilaukasmfn. dwelling or living in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamantakastotran. Name of a stotra- (prob. wrong reading for śamāntaka--,or syamantaka-st-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayācārikasūtran. Name of particular sūtra-s (treating of customs and rites sanctioned by virtuous men, and with the gṛhya-- sūtra-s, constituting the smārta-sūtra-s which are based on smṛti- or tradition, and opp. to the śrauta-- sūtra-s derived from śruti- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkasukamfn. (fr. sam-+1. kas-;often written saṃkusuka-,or śaṃkusuka-) splitting, crumbling up (applied to agni- as the destroyer of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkasukamfn. (saṃk/as-), crumbling away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkasukamfn. unsteady, irresolute (according to to also equals durbala-, manda-, saṃkīrṇa-, apavāda-śīla-, durjana-and saṃśleṣaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkasukam. Name of the author of (having the patronymic yāmāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣepaśārīrakasambandhoktif. saṃkṣepaśārīraka
samokasmfn. living or dwelling together, closely united with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samokasmfn. furnished with, possessed of (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudrikasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanakasaṃhitāf. Name of a vedānta- or tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntiśatakasaṃgraham. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapākasaṃsthāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptāśītiślokasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatyaṣṭakastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakasambandhoktisaṃkṣepam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakasaṃkṣepam. equals saṃkṣepa-śārīraka-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakasūtran. the aphorisms on the vedānta- philosophy (equals brahma-sūtra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakasūtrasārārthacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasādhakastotran. sarvārthasādhaka
śaśāṅkasutam. (equals śaśāṅka-ja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattarkasiddhāñjanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilaukasm. "dwelling in rocks", Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhatilakasūrim. Name of a jaina- author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīrṣakasthamfn. being in or on the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīrṣakasthamfn. abiding by a verdict, submitting to punishment (if an accused person clears himself in an ordeal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamānasikasnānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaprakāsakasiṃha m. Name of the author of the bhāgavata-tattva-bhāskara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślokasaṃgraham. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślokasthānan. equals sūtrasth- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokasāgaram. a sea of sorrow, ocean of trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokasaṃtaptamfn. consumed by sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokasaṃtaptamānasamfn. one whose mind is consumed by sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokasaṃvignamānasamfn. having the heart distracted with sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokasthānan. any circumstance or occasion of sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somatilakasūrim. Name of a jaina- author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphāṭikasaudham. n. a crystal palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphaṭikaskambham. a crystal pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhavivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakasaṃnibhamfn. resembling (clusters of) blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalaukasm. an animal dwelling on dry land View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāṇuvanaukasmfn. inhabiting śiva-'s forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudṛśīkasaṃdṛśmfn. (-d/ṛśīka--) having a beautiful appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasaṃdeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasaṃdeśavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasaṃvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasaptatif. Name of 70 stories related by a parrot (of which there are 2 recensions extant). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasārikāpralāpanan. instruction about parrot and Maina birds (one of the 64 arts) (see śārika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasuktisudhākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulkasaṃjñamfn. having (merely) the name of a nuptial gratuity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulkasthānan. a toll-house, tax-office, custom house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulkasthānan. any object of taxation or duty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumanokasan. (fr su-manas-+ okas-) the abode or world of gods (varia lectio naukasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śunakasutam. equals śaunaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suralokasundarīf. "celestial woman", an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suralokasundarīf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraukasn. an abode of the gods, temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṣkasambhavan. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṣkasrota mfn. having the stream dried up (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṣkasrotasmfn. having the stream dried up (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtakasāra m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtakasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādūdakasamudram. equals svādu-vāri-, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastasvastikastanīf. covering (her) breasts with crossed hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svakasvakamfn. equals svaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svānubhūtyekasāramfn. whose only essence consists in self-enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svargaukasm. "heaven-dweller", a god, one of the Blest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tadokas(t/ad--) mfn. rejoicing in that View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūlikasarpam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taptodakasvāminm. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tārakasūdanam. idem or 'm. equals -jit- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasādhyan. Name of a kalā- (see rku-karman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasamayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasaṃgraham. Name of a manual of the vaiśeṣika- branch of the nyāya- philosophy by annam-bhaṭṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasaṃgrahadīpikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on that work by its author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilakasiṃhan. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīvraśokasamāviṣṭamfn. filled with excessive sorrow, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tokasātif. (k/a--) acquisition of offspring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tokasātif. (k/asya s-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traidhātukasamatāf. equilibrium of the three elements, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traiyambakasarasn. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridivaukasm. "heaven-residing", a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trikasāraName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trikasthānan. the loins View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trilokasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇaukasn. equals ṇa-kuṭi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryambakasakham. " śiva-'s friend", kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasādhumfn. helping out of the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasaktum. equals uda-sa- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasecanan. sprinkling w (according to to others,"a shower of rain"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasparśamfn. touching different parts of the body with water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasparśamfn. touching water in confirmation of a promise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakasparśanan. the act of touching water, ablution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullakasanan. erection of the hair of the body (through joy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṇḍerakasrajf. a string of rolls, balls of meal or flour upon a string View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkas(ud-kas-) P. (imperative 3. plural /ut-kasantu- ) to gape asunder, open. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādyavādakasāmagrīf. the whole collection of musical instrument and those who play upon them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidikasārvabhaumam. Name of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidikasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidikasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidikasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināśikasamayam. idem or 'n. the doctrines or system of the Buddhists Bombay edition ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināyakasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśeṣikasūtran. the aphorisms of the vaiśeṣika- (branch of the nyāya- philosophy, which have been commented on by a triple set of commentaries, and expounded in various works, of which the best known are the bhāṣā-pariccheda- with its commentary, called siddhānta-muktāvalī-, and the tarkasaṃgraha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśeṣikasūtropaskaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāsikasūtropanyāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakasuhāṇam. or n. (?) Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakkasaprob. wrong reading for vakvasa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valmīkasambhavāf. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanaukasmfn. living in a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanaukasm. a forest-dweller, anchorite etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanaukasm. a forest-animal, (especially) a wild boar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanaukasm. an ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṅkasenam. a kind of tree (see vaṅga-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varadanāyakasūrim. Name of author. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcaskasthānan. equals caḥ-sthāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasāravyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasūtrikamfn. one who studies the vārttika-s and sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāryokas(prob.) f. ( ) "dwelling in water", a leech. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsakasajjā f. a woman ready to receive her lover (see vāsa-sajjā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsakasajjikāf. a woman ready to receive her lover (see vāsa-sajjā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaukasn. idem or 'n. vāsa-gṛha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaukasSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvaukasārāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvaukasārāf. of the residence of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvaukasārāf. of the city of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvokasārā f. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvokasārāf. of the residence of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasvokasārāf. of the city of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicārārkasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānaikaskandhavādam. equals na-vāda- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikas(also incorrectly written vi-kaś-) cl.1 P. -kasati-, to burst, become split or divided or rent asunder (see v/i-kasta-) ; to open, expand, blossom, bloom etc. (see vikasita-) ; to shine, be bright, beam (with joy etc.) ; to spread out, extend, increase : Causal -kāsayati-, to cause to open or blow or expand or shine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasam. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasāf. Bengal madder (also written vikaṣā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasaf. equals māṃsa-rohiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasanan. (ne-kṛ-) gaRa sākṣādādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasatmfn. opening, blown, expanding, shining, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasitamfn. () opened, open, expanded, budded, blown etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasitakumudendīvarālokinmfn. looking like the expanded white and blue lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasitanayanavadanakamalamfn. opening (her) lotus-like eyes and mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasitavadanamfn. with opened mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasta(v/i--) mfn. () burst, split, rent asunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasti(v/i--) f. the act of bursting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasuka(v/i--) m. a particular agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasvaramfn. opened (as eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasvaramfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasvaramfn. clear (as sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasvaramfn. candid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikasvarūpa(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilokasthamfn. viloka
vināyakasahasranāmann. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakasaṃhitāf. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakasnapanacaturthīf. the fourth day of the gaṇeśa- festival (when his image is bathed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakastavarājam. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipinaukasm. "wood-dweller", an ape, monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśokasaptamīf. a particular 7th day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaikasāran. "one heart of the universe", Name of a sacred region View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvāsaikasāram. "one whose sole essence is confidence", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitaṇḍakasmṛtif. vitaṇḍaka
vivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasārasindhum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasāravarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasindhum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajaukasm. a herdsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkasthalan. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkasthalīf. Name of the town māhiṣmatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣaukasm. "tree-dweller", an ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhaikasahasrāf. plural (with gāvaḥ-) a thousand cows and a bull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsaśukasaṃvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyokasmfn. dwelling apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutkrāntakasamāpattif. a particular stage of concentration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmikasthitamfn. equals yāmāvasthita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathaukasamind. each accusative to (his) abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
38 results
     
kas कस् I. 1 P. (कसति, कसित) To move, go, approach. -II. 2. Ā. (कस्ते or कंस्ते) To go. -2 To destroy.
kasā कसा = कशा q. v.
kasaḥ कसः A touch-stone; cf. कष.
kasanā कसना A poisonous spider.
kasanaḥ कसनः Cough (कास). -Comp. -उत्पाटनः 'cough relieving', the plant Gendarussa vulgaris (Mar. अडूळसा)
kaseruḥ कसेरुः A kind of grass.
kasipuḥ कसिपुः Food, boiled rice.
kasmala कस्मल = कश्मल q. v.
kastambhī कस्तम्भी Ved. The prop of a carriage-pole; (Mar. शिपायी); Śat. Br.1.1.2.9.
kasthūlikā कस्थूलिका f. (= निशाहिमजलम् (Dew) स्य जलस्य स्थूलिका बृंहणम्). कस्थूलिकाफेन पाण्डुराणि ...... मोदकानि Pratijñā.3.
kastīram कस्तीरम् Tin. कस्तु kastu (स्तू stū) रिका rikā कस्तूरी kastūrī कस्तु (स्तू) रिका कस्तूरी Musk; कस्तूरिकातिलकमालि विधाय सायम् Bv.2.4;1.121; Ch. P.7. -Comp. -कुरङ्गः, -मृगः the musk-deer. -मल्लिका (कस्तूरी) 1 a species of jasmine. -2 the navel of the musk-deer; Gīrvāṇa.
kasvara कस्वर a. 1 Going. -2 Injuring.
akasmāt अकस्मात् ind. [न कस्मात् किंचित्कारणाधीनत्वं यत्र, अलुक् स.] 1 Accidentally, suddenly, unexpectedly, all of a sudden; अकस्मादागन्तुना सह विश्वासो न युक्तः H.1; coming by chance, an accidental visitor. -2 Without cause or ground, causelessly, in vain; नाकस्माच्छाण्डिलीमाता विक्रीणाति तिलैस्ति- लान् Pt.2.65; न ह्यकस्मात् प्रशंसा स्यात् । MS.5.3,42; अकस्मादेव भर्तृद्वेप्यतां गतासि Dk.135; नाकस्मादप्रियं वदेत् Y.1.132; अथ तु रिंपुरकस्माद् द्वेष्टि न: पुत्रभाण्डे Mv.2.44; कथं त्वां त्यजेदकस्मात्पति- रार्यवृत्त: R.14.55,73.
aṅkasam अङ्कसम् [अङ्को$स्मिन्नस्ति-अच्] Having marks, trappings (?) (वस्त्रम् आप्रपदिकम्).
aṅkas अङ्कस् n. [अञ्च्-असुन् कुत्वम्] 1 A mark. -2 The body. -3 a curve or bend; पथामङ्कांस्यन्वापनीफणत् Rv.4.4.4.
anakasmāt अनकस्मात् ind. [न. त.] Not causelesly, not suddenly or accidentally.
anyokas अन्योकस् a. Not residing in one's own house (dwelling in another's), Av.
āyakaskambhaḥ आयकस्कम्भः A kind of pillar (cf. Mānasāra).
aikasahasrika ऐकसहस्रिक a. (-की f.) Provided with 11.
okas ओकस् n. 1 A house, residence; as in दिवौकस् or स्वर्गौकस् a god. -2 An asylum, refuge. -3 A resting place. -4 Pleasure, gratification. [cf. Gr. oikos]. -5 Beauty or form. ग्रन्थीन्हृदय्यान्विवृणु स्वमोकः Bhāg.8.24.53. -Comp. -निधनम् N. of a Sāman.
kasa कीकस a. Hard, firm. -सम् A bone (m.\ also); Mv.5.19; cf. 'कीकसं कुल्यमस्थि च' Ak; अचिरनष्टहिमागम- कीकसभ्रमकृतां Rām. ch.4.86. -Comp. -अस्थि n. Vertebra. -आस्यः, -मुखः a bird in general.
kekasaḥ केकसः [कीकस-अण्] A demon, goblin.
camakasūktam चमकसूक्तम् 1 The hymn containing च मे. -2 N. of the Vājasaneyī saṁhitā (part 18.1-27). चमत्करणम् camatkaraṇam चमत्कारः camatkārḥ चमत्कृतिः camatkṛtiḥ चमत्करणम् चमत्कारः चमत्कृतिः f. 1 Admiration, surprise; एवं सकलजगत्त्रयहृदयचमत्कारकारिचरितानाम् Ks. 22.257. -2 Show, spectacle. -3 Poetical charm, that which constitutes the essence of poetry; चेतश्चमत्कृतिपदं कवितेव रम्या Bv.3.16; तदपेक्षया वाच्यस्यैव चमत्कारित्वात् K. P.1. -4 Riot, festive or angry riot.
cikkasaḥ चिक्कसः Barley-meal.
niṣkas निष्कस् Caus. 1 To take or draw out. -2 To turn or drive out, banish, expel; निरकासयद्रविमपेतवसुं वियदालया- दपरदिग्गाणिका Śi.9.1; येनाहं जीवलोकान्निष्कासयिष्ये Mu.6.
nyokas न्योकस् a. Ved. Having an eternal abode.
pulkasaḥ पुल्कसः N. of a despised mixed tribe (the progeny born of a Niṣāda male and Śūdra female, 'जातो निषादा- च्छूद्रायां जात्या भवति पुल्कसः'); Ms.4.79; Bhāg.9.21.1.
balkasam बल्कसम् Dregs or sediment left in the distillation of ardent spirits; Śat. Br.
bukkasaḥ बुक्कसः A chāṇḍāla.
bukkasī बुक्कसी The Indigo plant.
rakasā रकसा A form of leprosy.
lokasāt लोकसात् ind. For the sake of the public.
vikas विकस् 1 P. 1 To open, expand (fig. also); विकसति हि पतङ्गस्योदये पुण्डरीकम् Māl.1.28; Śi.9.47,82; Ku.7. 55; निजहृदि विकसन्तः Bh.2.78. -2 To burst, become divided. -Caus. To open, cause to expand; चन्द्रो विकास- यति कैरवचक्रवालम् Bh.2.73; Śi.15.12; Amaru.84.
vikasaḥ विकसः The moon.
vikasita विकसित p. p. Blown, fully opened or expanded; विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि Bv.1.1.
vikasva विकस्व (श्व) र a. 1 Opening, expanding; कुशेशयैरत्र जलाशयोषिता मुदा रमन्ते कलबा विकस्वरैः Śi.4.33. -2 Loud, distinctly audible (as a sound); उदडीयत वैकृतात् करग्रहजा- दस्य विकस्वरस्वरैः N.2.5; Dk.1.1.
saṃkasuka संकसुक a. 1 Unsteady, fickle, changeable, inconstant. -2 Uncertain, doubtful. -3 Bad, wicked. -4 Weak, feeble.
hevākasa हेवाकस a. High, intense, ardent; हेवाकसस्तु शृङ्गारो हावोक्षिभ्रूविकारकृत् D. R.2.31; (might the word here not be derived from हेवाक ?).
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
1 result
     
okas Ók-as, n. abode, iv. 50, 8 [wonted place: uc be wont].
     Macdonell Search  
30 results
     
kasmāt ab. of kim; ad. whence? why? on what account?
kastambhī f. support of a car riage pole.
kastūrī f. musk: -mriga, m. musk deer.
kastūrikā f. musk; -kura&ndot;ga, m. musk-deer; -mrigî, f. female of the musk deer.
kasun inf. suffix as (gr.).
akasmādāgantu m. chance-comer.
akasmāt (ab.) ad. without apparent cause; suddenly; accidentally.
aṅkas n. bend.
anantikastha a. not remain ing near.
anākasmika a. not accidental.
anyāṅkasupta pp. having slept in another's arms.
aratnālokasaṃhārya fp. not to be dispelled by the brilliance of gems.
araṇyaukas m. forest-dweller; hermit.
alokasāmānya a. not shared by ordinary people.
ākasmika a. (î) unforeseen, sudden, accidental.
ekasaṃśraya m. harmony; a. united; -sapta-ta, a. 71st; -saptati, f. 71: -tama, a. 71st; -sarga, a. attending to a single object; -sahasra, n. 1001; a. 1001st; -sâra, a. whose sole nature is (--°ree;); -sârtha prayâta, pp. pursuing one and the same ob ject as (saha); -srika, m. jackal; -stambha, a. supported by a single pillar; -sthá, a. standing together, united; standing alone; indepen dent; -sthâna, n. one and the same place.
okas n. [√ uk] comfort, pleasure; wonted place, dwelling-place, home.
kasa m. spine; n. bone.
tadokas a. abiding there.
divaukas m. heaven-dweller, god.
nagaraukas m. citizen.
puṣkasa m. incorr. for pulkasa.
ambaraukas m. god.
vanaukas a. dwelling in the forest; m. forest-dweller, anchorite; forest animal; boar; -½ogha, m. mass of water; -½oshadhi, f. forest or wild herb.
vasvaukasārā f. N. of the city of Kubera.
saṃkasuka a. [√ kas] breaking up, destroying (the dead body), ep. of Agni (sám-, V.); irresolute; m. N. of a Vedic poet.
samokas a. (V.) dwelling to gether, closely united, with (in.); provided with, possessed of (in.).
sahaikasthāna n. standing alone with any one.
suraukas n. abode of the gods, temple.
svargaukas m. dweller in heaven, god; one of the Blest.
     Vedic Index of
     Names and Subjects  
5 results
     
kasarṇīla Is the name of a kind of snake in the Atharvaveda. It occurs also in the form Kasarnīra, personified as the seer Kasarnīra Kādraveya in the Taittirīya Sāmhita.
kastambhī Denotes in the śatapatha Brāhmana a piece of wood used as a prop for the end of a wagon-pole to rest on.
kasthāman kaurayāṇa Is celebrated as a generous donor in a hymn of the Rigveda. Ludwig suggests, without much reason, that he may have been a king of the Anus.
paulkasa Is the name of one of the victims at the Puruṣa- medha (‘human sacrifice’) in the Yajurveda. The name also occurs in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad as that of a despised race of men, together with the Cāndāla. The Maitrāyaηī Samhitā has the variant Puklaka or Pulkaka, clearly the same as Pulkasa, of which Paulkasa is a derivative form, showing that a caste is meant (cf Kaulāla, Pauñji§tha). In the accepted theory the Pulkasa is the son of a Niṣāda or śūdra by a Kṣatriya woman, but this is merely speculative; the Paulkasa may either have been a functional caste, or, as Fick5 believes, an aboriginal clan living by catching wild beasts, and only occasionally reduced to menial tasks.
balkasa Denotes impure matter given off in the process of fermentation in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. The exact sense may be either * scum,’ sediment,’ or perhaps more probably vegetable matter in the form of husks.’
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  
149 results
     
kas kāvyā marutaḥ ko ha pauṃsyā RV.5.59.4b.
kas ta indra prati vajraṃ dadharṣa RV.8.96.9b.
kas ta uṣaḥ kadhapriye RV.1.30.20a. P: kas ta uṣaḥ Aś.4.14.2; śś.6.5.2. Cf. BṛhD.3.102.
kas ta enā ava sṛjād ayudhvī RV.10.108.5c.
kas tat sam adadhād ṛṣiḥ AVś.11.8.14d.
kas tad bibharti nūtano vi vocati RV.1.105.4d.
kas tad vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ciketa RV.1.152.3b; AVś.9.10.23b.
kas tad veda yad adbhutam RV.1.170.1b; N.1.6b.
kas tam indra tvāvasum (SV.PB. tvāvaso) RV.7.32.14a; SV.1.280a; 2.1032a; AB.6.21.1; GB.2.4.1; 6.3; JB.2.283,286; PB.21.9.16; Aś.5.16.1; 7.4.6. P: kas tam indra śś.7.22.3; 16.21.23; Svidh.2.7.2.
kas taṃ pra veda ka u taṃ ciketa AVś.9.1.6a.
kas tāṃ vidvāṃ abhi manyāte andhām RV.10.27.11b; Vait.38.6b.
kas te gātrāṇi śamyati (TS.KSA. śimyati) VS.23.39b; TS.5.2.12.1b; KSA.10.6b.
kas te jāmir janānām RV.1.75.3a; SV.2.885a. P: kas te jāmiḥ śś.14.52.5,7.
kas te devo adhi mārḍīka āsīt RV.4.18.12c.
kas te pratipaśyati Mś.11.1.5b.
kas te bhāgaḥ kiṃ vayo dudhra khidvaḥ RV.6.22.4c; AVś.20.36.4c.
kas te mada indra rantyo bhūt RV.10.29.3a; AVś.20.76.3a.
kas te mātaraṃ vidhavām acakrat RV.4.18.12a.
kas te yajño manase śaṃ varāya RV.6.21.4c.
kas te yunakti MG.1.2.3. Cf. kas tvā yu-, and ko vo etc.
kas te vi muñcati MG.1.2.4. Cf. kas tvā yu-, and ko vo etc.
kas tokāya ka ibhāyota rāye RV.1.84.17c; N.14.26c.
kas tvam asi JB.1.18.
kas tvā kam upa nayate AG.1.20.8; MG.1.22.5.
kas tvā kaṃ bhakṣayāmi Lś.3.8.6; 5.12.25.
kas tvā chyati kas tvā viśāsti VS.23.39a; TS.5.2.12.1a; KSA.10.6a; TB.3.9.6.5; Apś.20.18.9. P: kas tvā chyati Kś.20.7.6.
kas tvā dadāti sa tvā dadāti Lś.5.12.25.
kas tvā yunakti sa tvā yunaktu (VS.śB. yunakti) VS.1.6; TS.1.5.10.3; 6.8.4; 7.5.13.1; KSA.5.9; śB.1.1.1.13; TB.3.8.18.4; Apś.4.4.9; 20.9.4. P: kas tvā Kś.2.3.3. Cf. under kas te yu-.
kas tvā yunakti sa tvā vi muñcatu TS.1.6.6.3; 7.6.6; Apś.4.16.10. Cf. under kas te yu-.
kas tvā vi muñcati sa tvā vi muñcati (KSA. -tu) VS.2.23; KSA.5.9; śB.1.9.2.33. P: kas tvā Kś.3.8.6.
kas tvā satyo madānām RV.4.31.2a; AVś.20.124.2a; SV.2.33a; VS.27.40a; 36.5a; MS.2.13.9a: 159.6; 4.9.27: 139.13; KS.39.12a; TA.4.42.3a; KA.1.219Ia; Apś.17.7.8a.
kasarṇīlaṃ daśonasim AVś.10.4.17d.
kas adya sujātāya RV.5.53.12a.
kasmād aṅgāt pavate mātariśvā AVś.10.7.2b.
kasmād aṅgād dīpyate agnir asya AVś.10.7.2a.
kasmād aṅgād vi mimīte 'dhi candramāḥ AVś.10.7.2c.
kasmād arvāñco diva uttarasyai JB.3.312c.
kasmād ukthyāḥ punar abhyākanikrati (read abhyākanikradati ?) JB.1.277d.
kasmād ūrdhvā bhūmer yanti sargāḥ JB.3.312a.
kasmād yanti pavamānāḥ parāñcaḥ JB.1.277c.
kasmād vahati pūruṣaḥ AVś.10.2.9d.
kasmai tvā VS.20.4; TS.3.2.3.2; KS.37.13; 38.4; TB.2.6.5.3.
kasmai tvā dadāti tasmai tvā dadāti Lś.5.12.25.
kasmai tvā yunakti tasmai tvā yunakti VS.1.6; śB.1.1.1.13.
kasmai tvā vi muñcati tasmai tvā vi muñcati poṣāya VS.2.23; śB.1.9.2.33.
kasmai deva vaṣaḍ (VSK. vaṣal) astu tubhyam VS.11.39d; VSK.12.4.2d; MS.2.7.4d: 78.8; 3.1.5: 7.2; śB.6.4.3.4. See tasmai ca devi, and tasmai deva.
kasmai devā ā vahān āśu homa RV.1.84.18c; N.14.27c.
kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema RV.10.121.1d--9d; AVś.4.2.1d--7d,8e; VS.12.102d; 13.4d; 23.1d,3d; 25.10d,11d,12d,13d; 27.25d,26d; 32.6d,7d (ter); TS.4.1.8.4d (ter),5d (ter),6d (bis); 2.7.1d; 8.2d; 7.5.16.1d; 17.1d; MS.2.7.14d: 95.3; 2.7.15d: 96.14; 2.13.23d (septies): 168.6,8,10,12,15; 169.1,3; 3.12.16d: 165.2; 3.12.17d: 165.6; KS.4.16d; 16.14d,15d; 40.1d (septies); KSA.5.11d,13d; śB.7.3.1.20; 4.1.19; KA.1.198.39d; NṛpU.2.4d; N.10.23d. See tasmai etc.
kasmai nūnam abhidyave KS.7.17a. See tasmai etc.
kasmai vaḥ praṇayati tasmai vaḥ praṇayatu Mś.1.2.1.14.
kasmai vo gṛhṇāmi tasmai vo gṛhṇāmi Apś.1.16.3.
kasmai vo yunakti tasmai vo yunaktu Mś.1.2.1.15.
kasmai sasruḥ sudāse anv āpaye RV.5.53.2c.
kasmai sahasraṃ śatāśvaṃ svaṃ jñātibhyo dadyām Vait.37.14.
kasmai svāhā VS.22.20; TS.7.3.15.1; MS.3.12.5: 161.12; KSA.3.5; śB.13.1.8.2; TB.3.8.11.1; Mś.9.2.2.16.
kasmāl lokāt katamasyāḥ pṛthivyāḥ AVś.8.9.1b.
kasmān nu gulphāv adharāv akṛṇvan AVś.10.2.2a.
kasmān mūlāt pra rohati śB.14.6.9.33d,34b; BṛhU.3.9.33d,34b.
kasmāt tāni na kṣīyante śB.14.4.3.1a; BṛhU.1.5.1a.
kasmāt tiryañco 'nv antarikṣam JB.3.312b.
kasmiṃs te loka āsate AVś.11.8.10d.
kasmin sāsya hutāhutiḥ JB.1.20c; śB.11.3.1.7c.
kasmiñ cic chūra muhuke janānām RV.4.16.17b.
kasminn ā yatatho jane RV.5.74.2c.
kasminn aṅga ṛtam asyādhyāhitam AVś.10.7.1b.
kasminn aṅge tapo asyādhi tiṣṭhati AVś.10.7.1a. Designated as skambha, CūlikāU.11.
kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhati bhūmir asya AVś.10.7.3a.
kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty antarikṣam AVś.10.7.3b.
kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty āhitā dyauḥ AVś.10.7.3c.
kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty uttaraṃ divaḥ AVś.10.7.3d.
kasminn aṅge satyam asya pratiṣṭhitam AVś.10.7.1d.
kastupam asyā āchidya AVP.10.1.9c.
kasya kratvā marutaḥ kasya varpasā RV.1.39.1c.
kasya dhvasrā bhavathaḥ kasya vā narā RV.10.40.3c.
kasya nūnaṃ katamasyāmṛtānām RV.1.24.1a; AB.7.16.3; śś.15.22. Cf. Rvidh.1.17.9; BṛhD.3.98.
kasya nūnaṃ parīṇasaḥ (SV. parīṇasi) RV.8.84.7a; SV.1.34a.
kasya brahmacāry asi (ApMB. asy asau) AG.1.20.8; PG.2.2.19; ApMB.2.3.29 (ApG.4.11.2); MG.1.22.5.
kasya brahmāṇi jujuṣur yuvānaḥ RV.1.165.2a; MS.4.11.3a: 168.8; KS.9.18a.
kasya brahmāṇi raṇyathaḥ RV.5.74.3c.
kasya mātrā na vidyate VS.23.47d; Aś.10.9.2d; śś.16.5.1d.
kasya yuktasyāsya srakvāt AVP.13.8.4d.
kasya vṛṣā sute sacā RV.8.93.20a; TB.2.4.5.1a; 7.13.1a. P: kasya vṛṣā Apś.22.27.15.
kasya svit putra iha vaktvāni RV.6.9.2c.
kasya svit savanaṃ vṛṣā RV.8.64.8a.
kas nāśnīyād abrāhmaṇaḥ AVś.12.4.43d.
kasyāṃ devatāyāṃ vasatha śB.12.1.3.22.
kasyāsi VS.7.29; VSK.9.1.4; śB.4.5.6.4; śG.3.2.2.
kasyāśvināv indro agniḥ sutasya RV.4.25.3c.
kasye mṛjānā ati yanti ripram AVś.18.3.17a. P: kasye mṛjānāḥ Kauś.84.10.
kasyemāṃ devīm amṛteṣu preṣṭhām RV.4.43.1c.
anāsmākas tad devapīyuḥ piyāruḥ (AVP. -ārum) # AVś.19.57.5c; AVP.3.30.6c.
arkastubho bṛhadvayasaḥ # śś.8.23.1.
arkas tridhātū rajaso vimānaḥ # RV.3.26.7c; VS.18.66c; MS.4.12.5c: 192.10; N.14.2c. Cf. under arkaḥ pavitraṃ, and see tridhātur arko.
arkasya jyotis sad (comm. tad) id āsa jyeṣṭham # TB.2.5.8.12c.
arkasya devāḥ parame vyoman (JB. viyoman) # JB.2.88b; śB.8.6.2.19a.
arkasya bodhi haviṣo havīmabhiḥ # RV.1.131.6b; AVś.20.72.3b.
arkasya yonim āsadam # RV.9.25.6c; 50.4c; SV.1.472c; 2.426c,558c. See ṛtasya etc.
udakasyedam ayanam # AVP.5.20.2a.
udakasyodakatamāḥ # AVP.6.3.6a.
udakasyodakaṃ bhava # AVP.15.23.9b.
ekasaptatyai svāhā # KSA.2.2,4.
ekasabham asi # śB.14.9.3.9; BṛhU.6.3.9.
ekas tredhā vihito jātavedaḥ # AVś.18.4.11c.
ekas tvaṣṭur aśvasyā viśastā # RV.1.162.19a; VS.25.42a; TS.4.6.9.3a; KSA.6.5a; Mś.9.2.4.20a.
ekastha ekalāmike # AVP.7.12.2b.
ekasthām ekalāmikām # AVP.7.12.1b.
ekasphyayānūdehi # śB.3.5.2.2; Kś.5.4.7.
ekasminn adhi puṣkare # AVP.3.15.2b.
ekasmin pātre adhy uddharainam # AVś.12.3.36d.
ekasmin yoge bhuraṇā samāne # RV.7.67.8a.
ekasmin viddhe sarve 'rupyam # AVP.8.15.7c.
ekasmai svāhā # VS.22.34; TS.7.2.11.1; 12.1; MS.3.12.15: 164.13; KSA.2.1,2; TB.3.8.15.3; 16.1 (bis); Apś.20.10.7; 12.10; Mś.9.2.2.31.
ekasya cit tyajasaṃ martyasya # RV.10.10.3b; AVś.18.1.3b.
ekasya cin me vibhv astv ojaḥ # RV.1.165.10a; MS.4.11.3a: 169.10; KS.9.18a; Aś.9.5.16.
ekasya śruṣṭau yad dha codam āvitha # RV.2.13.9b.
ekasyāṃ sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
ekas vastor āvataṃ raṇāya # RV.1.116.21a.
ekasviṣṭakṛtaḥ kuryāt # AG.1.3.10c; Kauś.6.34c. See ekaṃ svi-.
kasābhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1; KSA.3.6.
kasābhyo anūkyāt (ApMB. 'nūkyāt) # RV.10.163.2b; AVś.2.33.2b; 20.96.18b; AVP.4.7.2b; 9.3.10b; ApMB.1.17.2b.
kuṣumbhakas tad abravīt # RV.1.191.16a; śG.4.5.8. See karṇā śvāvit.
keśenaikasya devasya # AVP.5.38.8c.
kauśikasya yathā satī # RVKh.10.85.5c.
tadokase puruśākāya vṛṣṇe # RV.3.35.7c.
tokasya sātā tanūnām # RV.9.66.18b.
tokasya sātau tanayasya bhūreḥ # RV.2.30.5c.
kasad asi # TS.4.4.7.1; MS.2.13.18: 165.5.
kasya pṛṣṭham abhisaṃvasānaḥ # TA.10.2.1c.
kasya pṛṣṭham āruhya # TA.10.1.13c; MahānU.5.3c.
kasya pṛṣṭhād divam ut patiṣyan # AVś.18.4.14b.
kasya pṛṣṭhāyābhiṣektāram # TB.3.4.1.8.
kasya pṛṣṭhe adhi tiṣṭhati śritaḥ # RV.1.125.5a.
kasya pṛṣṭhe adhi dīdhyānāḥ # AVś.18.2.47d.
kasya pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane divaḥ # TS.3.5.5.3b.
kasya pṛṣṭhe adhi viṣṭapi śritāḥ # AVś.18.4.4b.
kasya pṛṣṭhe adhi saptaraśmau # AVś.9.5.15d. Cf. nāke tiṣṭhantam.
kasya pṛṣṭhe dadivāṃsaṃ dadhāti # AVś.9.5.10b.
kasya pṛṣṭhe parame vyoman # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.5d.
kasya pṛṣṭhe mahato mahīyān # TA.10.1.1b; MahānU.1.1b.
kasya pṛṣṭhe (Vaitṃś. pṛṣṭhe svarge loke) yajamāno astu # Vait.2.1; Kś.2.2.8b; Apś.3.19.1b; Mś.5.2.15.10b; 5.2.16.14b.
kasya pṛṣṭhe sam iṣā madema # AVś.7.80.1d; AVP.1.102.2d. See uttame nāka.
kasya pṛṣṭhe svarge etc. # see prec. but one.
nābhākasya praśastibhiḥ # RV.8.41.2c; N.10.5c.
kasthāmā kaurayāṇaḥ # RV.8.3.21b; N.5.15.
kasyechanta āsutim # AVP.6.8.6b.
puñjikasthalā (KS. puñjiga-) ca kṛtasthalā (VS.śB. kratu-) cāpsarasau # VS.15.15; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.14; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.16.
maśakasyānu saṃvidam # AVP.1.59.4d.
maśakasyārasaṃ viṣam # AVś.7.56.3d. Cf. under ahīnām arasaṃ.
mahāpātakasaṃyuktam # BDh.3.6.5a.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"kas" has 747 results.
     
anekasvarahaving many vowels or syllables in it; the same as अनेकाच् of Pāṇini; confer, compare Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III. 4.46
ekasvarapossessed of one vowel,monosyllabic; a term used by Hemacandra in his grammar for the term एकाच् of Pāṇini: confer, compare आद्योंश एकस्वरे Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.IV.1.2, which means the same as एकाचेा द्वे प्रथमस्य P.VI.1.1.
aikasvaryahaving only one principal accent (Udātta or Svarita) for the whole compound word which is made up of two or more individual words confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29.
kasunaHemacandra's grammar. He lived in the 16 th century A. D.
kasunkṛt affix अस् found in Vedic Literature, in the sense of the infinitive: e. g. ईश्वरो विलिखः (विलि-खितुम्) confer, compare P. III.4.13, 17. The word ending in this कसुन् becomes an indeclinable: cf क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः P.I.1.40.
kasenkṛt affix असे in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature; e. g. प्रेषे, श्रियसे्; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 4. 9.
kaskādia class of compound-words headed by कस्क in which the visarga occurring at the end of the first member is noticed as changed into स् against the usual rules e. g. कस्क:, कौतस्कुतः भ्रातुष्पुत्रः, सद्यस्कालः, धनुष्कपालम् and others; confer, compare P. VIII.3.48. As this कस्कादिगण is said to be अाकृतिगण, similar words can be said to be in the कस्कादिगण although they are not actually mentioned in the गणपाठ.
jñāpakasamuccayaa work giving a collection of about 400 Jñāpakas or indicatory wordings found in the Sūtras of Pānini and the conclusions drawn from them. It was written by Purușottamadeva, a Buddhist scholar of Pāņini's grammar in the twelfth century A. D., who was probably the same as the famous great Vaiyākaraņa patronized by Lakșmaņasena.See पुरुषेत्तमदेव.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
jñāpakasiddharealized from the ज्ञापक wording; the conclusion drawn from an indicatory. word in the form of Paribhāșās and the like. Such conclusions are not said to be universally valid; confer, compare ज्ञापकसिद्धं न सर्वत्र Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 110.7.
napuṃsakasvarathe special accent viz. the acute accent for the first vowel for nouns in the neuter gender excepting those that end in इस्, as prescribed by नबिषयस्यानिसन्तस्य Phitsutra 11; confer, compare नपुंसकस्वरो मा भूत् M.Bh. on P.VII.1.77.
prātipadikasvarathe general accent of the Pratipadika viz. the acute ( उदात्त ) for the last vowel as given by the Phit sutra फिषः ( प्रातिपदिकस्य ) अन्त उदात्तः; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकस्वरस्यावकाशः । अाम्रः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.91 Vart. 7.
rāmakiṃkasarasvatīa grammarian who wrote a small grammar treatise named अायुबोधव्याकरण which is different from the well-known अाशुबोध of तारानाथतर्कवाचस्पति.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vārttikasūtrathe same as वार्तिकवचन which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Varttikas are termed Varttika sutras on account of their close similarity with the original Sutras, which in contrast are termed Vrttisutras.
akārakanot causing any verbal activity; different from the kārakas or instruments of action such as the agent, the object, the instrument, the recipient (संप्रदान), the separated (अपादान) and the location, (अधिकरण) confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.23, 29 and 5l and on II.3.1.
adhikaraṇa(1)support: a grammatical relation of the nature of a location : place of verbal activity. confer, compare अाधारोsधिकरणम् P.I.4.45; (2) one of the six or seven Kārakas or functionaries of verbal activity shown by the locative case. cf सप्तम्यधिकरणे च P.II.4.36;(3)substance, 'dravya' confer, compare अनधिकरणवाचि अद्रव्यवाचि इति गम्यते M.Bh. on II.1.1.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
āpatyapatronymic affix such as अण् and others. The term अापत्य, which is the same as the usual term अपत्य in तस्यापत्यम् P.IV.I, is found sometimes used in the Vārttikas and in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare आयत्याज्जीवद्वंश्यात्स्वार्थे द्वितीयो युवसंज्ञ: P.IV.1.163 Vārt 6.
ika(1)substitute for the affix ठ given as ठक्, ठञ् or ञिठ् by Pāṇini; confer, compare ठस्येकः P.VII.3.50; (2) taddhita affix इकक्, इकन् षिकन् mentioned in . the Vārtikas on P.IV.2.60; (3) kṛt (affix). affix इक applied to खन् exempli gratia, for example आखानिकः confer, compare इको वक्तव्यः P.III.3.125 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ikakthe same affix as ठक् mentioned by the वार्तिककार in the Vārtikas on P.IV.2.60.
iṣṭaa word frequently used in the Vārttikas and the Mahābhāṣya and other treatises in the senses of (1) a desired object, (2) a desired purpose, (3) a desired statement, (4) a desired form id est, that is the correct form : confer, compare इष्टान्वाख्यानं खल्वपि भवति: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1. योगविभागादिष्टसिद्धिः Pari.Śek. Pari. 114.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uktārthaa word or expression whose sense has been already expressedition The expression उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः is frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas and cited as a Paribhāṣā or a salutary conventional maxim against repetition of words in the Paribhāṣāpāṭhas of Vyādi (Par. 51), Candragomin (Par 28) and Kātantra (Par. 46) and Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. (Par. 46) grammars.
karmādiliterally karman and others; a term often used in the Mahābhāṣya for kārakas or words connected with a verbal activity which have the object or karmakāraka mentioned first; सुपां कर्मादयोप्यर्थाः संख्या चैव तथा तिङाम् M.Bh, on I.4.21.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātya(1)another name sometimes given to Katyāyana to whom is ascribed the composition of the Vārttikas on Pāṇini-sūtras; (2) an ancient writer Kātya quoted as a lexicographer by Kṣīrasvāmin, Hemacandra and other writers.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakakārikāpossibly another name for the treatise on Kārakas known as कारकचक्र written by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva the reputed grammarian of Bengal who lived in the latter half of the twelfth century A. D. See कारकचक्र.
kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaalso called षट्कारक-खण्डनमण्डन which is a portion of theauthor's bigger work named त्रिलो-चनचन्द्रिका. The work is a discourse on the six kārakas written by Maṇikaṇṭha, a grammarian of the Kātantra school. He has also written another treatise named Kārakavicāra
kārakacakra(1)written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.
kārakaṭīkāa work on Kārakas ascribed to Bhairava.
kārakatattvaa treatise on the topic of Kārakas written by Cakrapāṇiśeṣa, belonging to the famous Śeṣa family of grammarians, who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
kārakanirṇayaa work discussing the various Kārakas from the Naiyāyika view-point written by the well-known Naiyāyika, Gadādhara Chakravartin of Bengal, who was a pupil of Jagadīśa and who fourished in the 16th century A. D. He is looked upon as one of the greatest scholars of Nyāyaśāstra. His main literarywork was in the field of Nyāyaśāstra on which he has written several treatises.
kārakaparicchedaa work dealing with Kārakas ascribed to Rudrabhaṭṭa.
kārakapādaname given by Śivadeva and other grammarians to the fourth pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. which begins with the Sūtra कारके I. 4. 1 and which deals with the Kārakas or auxiliaries of action.
kārakavāda(1)a treatise discussing the several Kārakas, written by Kṛṣṇaśāstri Ārade a famous Naiyāyika of Benares who lived in the eighteenth century A. D; (2) a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below. a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below.
kārakavicāraa work on Kārakas ascribed to Maṇikaṇṭha. See Kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍana a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kārakavilāsaan anonymous elementary work on syntax explaining the nature and function of the six Kārakas.
kīlhārnKielhorn F., a sound scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who brought out excellent editions of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya and the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and wrote an essay on the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana. For details see Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya Vol VII.p.40, D. E society edition, Poona.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kroṣṭrīyaan ancient school of grammarians who are believed to have written rules or Vārttikas on some rules of Pāṇini to modify them; the क्रोष्ट्रीय school is quoted in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare परिभाषान्तरमिति च मत्वा क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3.
khataddhita affix. affix, always changed into ईन, (l) applied to the word कुल in the sense of a descendant, exempli gratia, for example कुलीनः, आढ्यकुलीन:; confer, compare P. IV. 1.139; (2) applied to the words अवार, पार, पारावार and अवारपार in the Śaīṣika senses, e. g. अवारीणः, पारीणः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.93 and Vārttikas 2, 3 on it; (3) applied to words ending in the word वर्ग ( which does not mean 'sound' or 'letter' ) in the sense of 'present there,' e. g. वासुदेववर्गीणः, युधिष्ठिरवर्गीणः; confer, compare P. IV. 3.64; (4) applied to the words सर्वधुर and एकधुर in the sense of 'bearing,' and to ओजसू , वेशोभग, यशोभग and पूर्व, exempli gratia, for example ओजसीनः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.4.78, 79, 130, 132, 133; (5) applied in the sense of 'favourable to' to the words आत्मन् , विश्वजन, et cetera, and others (P.V.1.9), to विंशतिक, (32) to अाढक, अाचित, पात्र and others (53-55), to समा (85-86), to रात्रि, अहन् , संवत्सर and वर्ष (87-88) and संवत्सर and परिवत्सर (92); e. g. आत्मनीनः, आढकीनः पात्रीणः, समीनः, संवत्सरीणः et cetera, and others; (6) to the words सर्वचर्मन्, यथामुख et cetera, and others e. g. सर्वचर्मीणः confer, compare P.V. 2.5 to 17; (7) to the words अषडक्ष, अशितंगु et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.7,8. e. g. अषडक्षीणः. (8) ख is also a technical term in the sense of elision or लोप in the Jainendra Grammar confer, compare Jain I. 1.61. (9) The word ख is used in the sense of 'glottis' or the hole of the throat ( गलबिल ) in the ancient Prātiṣākhya works.
gaṅgeśaśarmāwriter of Kātantra-kaumudī possibly different from the reputed Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāa who is looked upon as the founder of the Navyanyāya school of modern Naiyāyikas, and who lived in the twelfth century A. D.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
ghi(1)a tech. term applied to noun bases or Prātipadikas ending in इ and उ excepting the words सखि and पति and those which are termed नदी; confer, compare P. I. 4.79; (2) a conventional term for लधु ( a short vowel) found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
trilokanāthason of Vaidyanatha who wrote a small treatise on karakas called षट्कारकनिरूपण.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
ghātuprakāśaa work dealing with roots Written as a supplementary work by Balarama-Pancanana to his own grammar named PrabodhaPrakasa.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niravakāśapossessed of no scope of, or occasion for, application; the word अनवकाश is also used in this sense. The niravakasa rules always set aside the general rules which are always present wherever they i. e. the niravakasa rules are possible to be appliedition Niravakasatva is looked upon as one of the two criteria for बाध or sublation, the other one being सामान्यविशेषभाव as illustrated by the usual maxim, known as तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय. See तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय; confer, compare also अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्ति Par. Sek. on Pari. 64.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
nirvṛttiproduction of the effect; production of the activity by the agents or instruments of activity called Karakas; confer, compare साधनं हि क्रियां निर्वर्तयति तामुपसर्गो विशिनष्टि M.Bh. on II. 2.19 Vart. 2.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puruṣottamadevaa famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.
prakṛti(1)material cause: confer, compare. तदर्थे विकृते: प्रकृतौ । प्रकृतिरुपादानकारणं तस्यैव उत्तरमवस्थान्तरं विकृतिः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.V.1.12; (2) original, as opposed to modified' ( विकृति ); the original base of a word which is used in language by the addition of affixes. There are mentioned three kinds of such original words in grammar, roots ( धातु ), noun bases ( प्रातिपदिक ) and affixes (प्रत्यय). प्रकृति is defined as शास्त्रप्रक्रियक्रियाव्यवहारे प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागकल्पनय शब्दार्थभावनायां प्रत्ययात् प्रथममुपादानकारणामिव या उपादीयते तां प्रकृतिरिति व्यापदिशन्ति' in the Sringaraprakasa; confer, compare अपशब्दो ह्यस्य प्रकृति: । न चापशब्द: प्रकृतिः , न ह्यपशब्दा उपदिश्यन्ते न चानुपदिष्टा प्रकृतिरस्ति । M.Bh. on Siva Sutra 2; confer, compare also कृत्प्रकृतिर्धातु: M.Bh. on P. VI. 2. 139 Vart. 2; पदप्रकृति: संहिता । पदप्रक्तीनि सर्वचरणानां पार्षदानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.17.
prakriyākaumudīa well-known work on Sanskrit Grammar by रामचन्द्रशेष of the 15th century, in which the subject matter of the eight chapters of Panini's grammar is arranged into several different sections forming the different topics of grammar. It is similar to, and possibly. the predecessor of, the Siddhanta Kaumudi which has a similar arrangement. The work was very popular before the Siddhinta Kaumudi was written. it has got many commentaries numbering about a dozen viz. प्रक्रियाप्रसाद, प्रक्रियाप्रकाश, प्रक्रियाप्रदीप, अमृतस्तुति, प्रक्रियाव्याकृति,निर्मलदर्पण,तत्वचन्द्र, प्रक्रियारञ्जन, प्रक्रियाविवरण and others of which the Prasada of Vitthalesa and the Prakasa of Srikrsna are the wellknown ones.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prādisamāsaa compound with प्र and others prescribed by the rule कुगतिप्रादयः P. II.2.18 and explained in detail by the Varttikas headed by the Varttika प्रादयो गताद्यर्थे प्रथमया P. II. 2. 18 Vart. 4, which comes under the general head तत्पुरुष ; the compound is also called प्रादितत्पुरुष; confer, compare कथं प्रभावो राज्ञः । प्रकृष्टो भाव इति प्रादिसमासो भविष्यति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.24 cf also प्रान्तः पर्यन्तः । बहुव्रीहिरयं प्रादिसमासो वा Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 2. 180.
prāpyaliterally which is arrived at; an object which is to be reached; confer, compare प्राप्यं कर्म; the word प्राप्य is used as a word qualifying the word कर्म, in which case it is called प्राप्यकर्म, as for example ग्रामं in ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः or वेदमधीते माणवकः. The term प्राप्य is defined as क्रियाकृतविशेषानवगतौ कर्तुः क्रियया अनास्थितं अास्थितं वा यदवाप्यते तत् प्राप्यं कर्म । confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सितमं कर्म । ततु त्रिविधं निर्वर्त्ये विकार्यं प्राप्यमिति । यस्य क्रियाकृतानां विशेषाणां सर्वथानुपलब्धिः तत् प्राप्यम्. Srngara Prakasa IV.
balīyastvarelative superiority in strength possessed by rules of grammar or by operations based on rules of grammar. This Superiority is decided generally on any one or more of the four recognised criteria such as परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व. The phrase अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् very frequently occurs in the varttikas and in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. III. 1.67, VI.i.17, 85 Vart. 15, VI. 4.62 and VII.1.1.
bhakṣyaniyamarestriction regarding edibles of a particular kindeclinable The word is quoted to illustrate the नियमविधि or restrictive rule in grammar. Although the restriction in the instance पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्याः is of the kind of परिसंख्या and called परिसंख्या, and not नियम, by the Mimamsakas, the grammarians call it a niyamavidhi. There is no परिसंख्याविधि according to grammarians; they cite only two kinds of vidhi viz. simple vidhi or apurva vidhi and niyamavidhi.
bhāṣyasūtrathe brief pithy statements in the Mahābhāṣya of the type of the Sūtras or the Vārttikas. These assertions or statements are named 'ișṭi' also.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
mantraname given to the Samhitā portion of the Veda works especially of the Ṛgveda and the Yajurveda as different from the Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and other portions of the two Vedas as also from the other Vedas; confer, compare मन्त्रशब्द ऋक्शब्दे च यजु:शब्दे च; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. The word मन्त्र occurs several times in the rules of Pāṇini ( confer, compare P. II. 4. 80, III.2.71, III.3.96, VI. 1. 151, VI.1.210, VI.3.131, VI.4.53, VI. 4.141) and a few times in the Vārttikas. (confer, compare I. 1. 68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4, IV.3.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 and VI. 4. 141 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1). It is, however, doubtful whether the word was used in the limited sense by Pāṇini and Kātyāyana. Later on, the word came to mean any sacred text or even any mystic formula, which was looked upon as sacredition Still later on, the word came to mean a secret counsel. For details see Goldstūcker's Pāṇini p. 69, Thieme's 'Pāṇini and the Veda ' p. 38.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mukhyaviśeṣyathe principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
lakṣaṇāimplication; potentiality of implication; this potentiality of words viz. लक्षणा is not recognised by grammarians as a potentiality different from the अभिधाशक्ति or the power of denotation. Later grammarians, however, like the Ālamkārikas, have used the word in the sense of potentiality of implication as different from that of denotation; confer, compare अन्त्यशब्द लक्षणा न च Paribhāşenduśekhara.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
vākyaa sentence giving an idea in a single unit of expression consisting of the verb with its karakas or instruments and adverbs; confer, compareअाख्यातं साब्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् | साव्ययम् | उच्चैः पठति | सकारकम् | ओदनं पचति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 10. Regarding the different theoretical ways of the interpretation of a sentence see the word शाब्दबोध. For details, see वाक्यपदीय II. 2 where the different definitions of वाक्य are given and the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट is established as the sense of a sentence.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyapradīpaa term sometimes seen (wrongly) applied to the Vakyapadiya of Bhartrhari. It may have been the name of the commentary on the vakyaprakasa.
vārarucakārikāan ancient grammarwork in verse believed to have been written by an ancient scholar of grammar, who, if not the same as Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas, was his contemporary and to whom the authorship of the Unadi Sutras is ascribed by some scholars. See वररुचि.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vikāryaliterally changeable; that which gets changed in its nature; a variety or subdivision of कर्म or the object confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म । निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति | Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.1. The विकार्यकर्म is explained as यस्य प्रकृत्युच्छेदो गुणान्तरं वा उत्पद्यते तद्विकार्यम् ! यथा भुक्त ओदन: | लूयमान: केद[र: | Srngaraprakasa II ; cf also, Vakyapadiya III. 7.78.
vibhāga(1)lit, division, splitting; the splitting of a sentence into its constituent parts viz. the words; , the splitting of a word into its constituent parts viz. the base, the affix, the augments and the like: (2) understanding or taking a thing separately from a group of two or more; confer, compareअवश्यं खल्वपि विभज्योपपदग्रहणं कर्तव्यं यो हि बहूनां विभागस्तदर्थम् ! सांकाश्यकेभ्यश्च पाटलिपुत्रकेभ्यश्च माथुरा अभिरूपतराः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.V.3.57: (3) splitting of a Saṁhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada text: confer, compare अथादावुत्तरे विभागे ह्रस्वं व्यञ्जनपरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.III.l, where विभाग is explained as पदविभाग by the commentator confer, compare also R.Pr.XVII.15; (4) the capacity of the Kārakas (to show the sense) confer, compare कारकशक्तिः विभागः Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on Kāś.I.2.44.
vṛttitrayavārtikaa very short work in verse-form explaining in a very general manner the nature of Sūtras and Vārttikas; the work is anonymous.
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyāpyaliterally that which is occupied; the word refers to a kind of an object where the object is occupied by the verbal activity of the transitive root; the word अाप्य is also used in this sense: confer, compare कर्म निर्वर्त्ये विकार्यं प्राप्यं च ग्रस्य प्रकृत्युच्छेदो गुणान्तरं वोत्पद्यते तद्विकार्यम् SrinagaraPrakasa 2, The term is used as a technical term instead of the term कर्म in the Hemacandra, Candra and other systems of grammar: confer, compare Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II.2.3;Candra I.1.23.
śabdaliterally "sound" in general; confer, compare शब्दं कुरु शब्दं मा कार्षीः | ध्वनिं कुर्वनेवमुच्यते | M.Bh. in Ahnika I; confer, compare also शब्दः प्रकृतिः सर्ववर्णानाम् | वर्णपृक्तः: शब्दो वाच उत्पत्तिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.1, XXIII.3.In grammar the word शब्द is applied to such words only as possess sense; confer, compare प्रतीतपदार्थको लोके ध्वनि: शब्द: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1: confer, comparealso येनोच्चरितेन अर्थः प्रतीयते स शब्दः Sringara Prakasa I; confer, compare also अथ शब्दानुशासनम् M.Bh. Ahnika 1. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya, शब्द् is said to be constituted of air as far as its nature is concerned, but it is taken to mean in the Pratisakhya and grammar works in a restricted sense as letters possessed of sense, The vajasaneyiPratisakhya gives four kinds of words तिडू, कृत्, तद्धित and समास while नाम, आख्यात, निपात and उपसर्ग are described to be the four kinds in the Nirukta. As शब्द in grammar, is restricted to a phonetic unit possessed of sense, it can be applied to crude bases, affixes, as also to words that are completely formed with case-endings or personal affixes. In fact, taking it to be applicable to all such kinds, some grammarians have given tweive subdivisions of शब्द, vizप्रक्रुति, प्रत्यय,उपत्कार, उपपद, प्रातिपदिक, विभक्ति, उपसर्जन, समास, पद, वाक्य, प्रकरण and प्रबन्ध; confer, compare Sringara Prakasa I.
śabdanityatvathe doctrine of the Vaiyakaranas as also of the Mimamsakas that word is permanent, as contrasted with that of tha Naiyayikas who advocate the impermanence of words,
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śaraṇadevaa prominent grammarian of the Eastern school of Panini's system of grammar who lived in the thirteenth century and wrote works on Panini's grammar. His work named दुर्घटवृत्ति which ex. plains according to Panini's rules, the Varttikas thereon, and the Jnapakas deduced from them,the various words difficult to be explained, is much appreciated by scholars of grammar. He has quoted from a large number of classical works, and referred to many works of the Eastern grammarians who followed the Kasika school.
śābdabodhavādatheory of verbal import or congnition; the theories to be noted in this respect are those of the Grammarians, the Naiyayikas and the Mimamsakas, according to whom verb-activity, agent, and injunction stand respectively as the principal factors in a sentence.
śivarāmendra( सरस्वती )a grammarian who wrote (1) a gloss on the sutras of Panini, (2) a commentary named सिद्धान्तरत्नाकर on the Siddhantakaumudi, and (3) a commentary on the Mahabhasya named Mahabhasyaprakasa.
śiṣyahitā(वृत्ति)a work on grammar written by उग्रभूति of which a mention is made by Al Beruni in his work. शी (1) case affix (ई) substituted for the nominative case. plural affix जस् (अस् ) in the declension of the pronouns, when the affix जस् is preceded by the vowel अ; exempli gratia, for example सर्वे, विश्वे; confer, compare kas. on P VII.1.17; (2) case affix (ई ) substituted for औ of the nominative case. and the acc. dual after feminine. bases ending in आ, as also after bases in the neuter gender; exempli gratia, for example खट्वे रमे; कुण्डे, वने; confer, compare Kas on P. VII.1.18, 19.
śuklayajuḥprātiśākhyaname of the Pratisakhya treatise pertaining to the White Yajurveda which is also called the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya. This work appears to be a later one as compared with the other PratiSakhya works and bears much similarity with some of the Sutras of Panini. It is divided into eight chapters by the author and it deals with letters, their origin and their classification, the euphonic and other changes when the Samhita text is rendered into the Pada text, and accents. The work appears to be a common work for all the different branches of the White Yajurveda, being probably based on the individually different Pratisakhya works of the different branches of the Shukla Yajurveda composed in ancient times. Katyayana is traditionally believed to be the author of the work and very likely he was the same Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
ṣaṭkāraka(1)the six Karakas or instruments of action, which are differently connected with the verbal activity, viz. कर्तृ, कर्म, करण, संप्रदान, अपादान and अधिकरण; for details see कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare तत्र शक्तिमतो द्रव्यस्य कारकाख्यायामवान्तरव्यापारनिबन्धना षडुपाख्या भवन्ति |कर्ता कर्म करणं संप्रदानमपादानमधिकरणं चेति | Sringara Prakasa IV; (2) a work of the name (षट्कारक) written by a Jain grammarian Mahesanandin.
ṣaṭkāraka(1)the six Karakas or instruments of action, which are differently connected with the verbal activity, viz. कर्तृ, कर्म, करण, संप्रदान, अपादान and अधिकरण; for details see कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare तत्र शक्तिमतो द्रव्यस्य कारकाख्यायामवान्तरव्यापारनिबन्धना षडुपाख्या भवन्ति |कर्ता कर्म करणं संप्रदानमपादानमधिकरणं चेति | Sringara Prakasa IV; (2) a work of the name (षट्कारक) written by a Jain grammarian Mahesanandin.
ṣaṭkārakanirūpaṇaa work dealing with the six kinds of instruments of the verbal activity ( karakas ) written by Trilokanatha.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
saṃsargeliterally contact, connection; (1) contact of the air passing up through the gullet and striking the several places which produce the sound, which is of three kinds, hard, middling and soft; confer, compare संसर्गो वायुस्थानसंसर्गः अभिवातात्मकः स त्रिविधः । अयःपिण्डवद्दारुपिण्डवदूर्णापिण्डवदिति । तदुवतमापिशलशिक्षायाम् । स्पर्शयमवर्णकरो वायुः अय:पिण्डवत्स्थानमापीडयति | अन्तस्थावर्णकरो दांरुपिण्डवत् | ऊष्मस्थस्वरवर्णकर ऊर्णापिण्डवत् commentary on. T, Pr. XXIII. 1 ; ,(2) syntactical connection between words themselves which exists between pairs of words as between nouns and adjectives as also between verbs and the karakas, which is necessary for understanding the meaning of a sentence. Some Mimamsakas and Logicians hold that samsarga itself is the meaning of a sentence. The syntactical relation between two words is described to be of two kinds अभेद-संसर्ग of the type of आधाराधेयभाव and भेदसंसर्ग of the type of विषयविषयिभाव, समवाय, जन्यजनकभाव and the like.
saṃsṛṣṭavādipakṣathe theory, that the meaning of a sentence is a novel thing ( अपूर्व ), held by some Mimamsakas who believe that words connected with activity display their phenomenal capacity ( अनुभाविकाशक्ति ) after the recalling of the senses of words by the recalling capacity (स्मारिकाशाक्ति ).
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
samanvayapradīpasaṃketaa treatise on the philosophy of Vyakarana written as a commentary by the author दंवशर्मन् on his own Karikas on the subject.
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
saunāganame of a school of ancient grammarians who composed Varttikas in explanation of the sutras of Panini; confer, compare सौनागाः पठन्ति P. III. 2.56 Vart. 1, IV. 1.74 Vart. 1. confer, compare एतदेव सौनागैर्विस्तरतरकेण पठितम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.18 Vart. 4.
sphoṭavādaa general name given to treatises discussing the nature of Sphota written by the Vaiyakaranas who defend and establish the theory of Sphota and by the Naiyayikas who criticise the theory. Famous among these works are (l) स्फोटवाद by a stalwart Grammarian Kondabhatta, the author of the Vaiyakaramabhusana and (2) स्फोटवाद by NageSa, the reputed grammarian of the eighteenth century.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
     Vedabase Search  
476 results
     
kasmai at whomSB 11.23.51
SB 11.23.53
SB 11.23.54
SB 11.23.55
kasmai to BrahmāSB 12.13.20
kasmai unto BrahmāSB 12.13.19
kasmai unto Ka (Brahmājī)SB 3.4.18
kasmai whomSB 5.2.8
kasmāt at whomSB 11.23.52
kasmāt for what purposeSB 5.10.16
kasmāt for what reasonSB 10.90.24
kasmāt for what reason, thereforeCC Madhya 23.114
kasmāt from whatSB 3.14.3
kasmāt from whereCC Adi 4.125
kasmāt howSB 8.23.7
SB 9.18.5
kasmāt what forSB 1.18.40
kasmāt what for, thenSB 2.2.5
kasmāt what is the reasonSB 6.1.33
kasmāt whyBG 11.37
CC Antya 1.162
SB 10.1.9
SB 10.47.45
SB 10.51.13
SB 10.56.2
SB 10.57.3
SB 10.57.4
SB 10.60.11
SB 10.8.34
SB 11.23.26
SB 12.6.18
SB 4.17.19
SB 4.17.3
SB 4.2.1
SB 4.30.29
SB 6.11.19
SB 7.8.12
SB 8.15.1-2
kasmiṃścit somewhereSB 10.69.27
kasmiṃścit with some particularSB 10.57.23
kasmin for what reasonSB 7.10.52
kasmin in whatSB 11.5.19
kasmin in whichSB 1.4.3
SB 6.16.4
kasmin cit sometimes, in some placeSB 7.13.38
kasmin cit sometimes, in some placeSB 7.13.38
kassa whoseCC Madhya 2.42
kastūrī and muskCC Antya 19.95
kastūrikā muskCC Antya 19.92
kasya belonging to whomSB 10.47.1-2
SB 3.20.34
kasya by whomCC Antya 6.263
kasya for whatSB 1.14.7
SB 1.16.5
SB 1.4.10
SB 4.17.4
SB 5.12.5-6
kasya for what reasonSB 1.7.9
kasya for whomSB 10.42.2
SB 7.15.40
kasya for whoseSB 10.24.3
kasya in what respectSB 7.15.14
kasya of BrahmāSB 3.12.52
kasya of DakṣaSB 4.5.24
SB 4.6.3
kasya of KaśyapaSB 4.6.40
kasya of the living (Dakṣa)SB 4.7.8
kasya of whatCC Madhya 24.54
CC Madhya 8.147
CC Madhya 9.114
SB 10.16.36
kasya of whichSB 11.28.11
kasya of which (family)SB 10.51.13
kasya of whomSB 10.11.3
SB 11.28.10
SB 6.3.5
kasya of whomSB 6.3.5
SB 8.16.19
SB 8.9.3
kasya to whomCC Antya 17.51
kasya whatCC Antya 6.314
kasya whoseSB 10.46.47
SB 10.58.19
SB 10.66.25
SB 10.81.21-23
SB 4.13.2
kasya whoseSB 4.13.2
SB 4.25.26
SB 4.28.52
SB 7.1.34
SB 9.6.28
kasya whose (son)SB 10.55.31
kasya whose servantsSB 6.1.33
kasya with Dakṣa, the prajāpatiSB 6.4.22
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.275
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.275
CC Adi 4.52
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.52
kasya asi whose are you (whose disciple or son are you)SB 5.10.16
kasya asi whose are you (whose disciple or son are you)SB 5.10.16
kasya asi with whom are you relatedSB 9.20.11
kasya asi with whom are you relatedSB 9.20.11
kasya ca and (the pleasure) of BrahmāSB 10.13.18
kasya ca and (the pleasure) of BrahmāSB 10.13.18
kasya hetoḥ for what reasonSB 6.7.1
kasya hetoḥ for what reasonSB 6.7.1
kasya svit of anyone elseIso 1
kasya svit of anyone elseIso 1
SB 8.1.10
kasya svit of anyone elseSB 8.1.10
kasya svit someone else'sCC Madhya 25.101
kasya svit someone else'sCC Madhya 25.101
kasyacit after some (time)SB 9.3.11
kasyacit anyone'sBG 5.15
kasyacit for someoneSB 4.6.45
kasyacit of a certainSB 10.64.16
kasyacit of anyCC Antya 1.150
kasyacit of anyoneSB 10.1.44
SB 10.49.20
kasyācit of one of the gopīsSB 10.30.15
kasyacit of someSB 5.9.1-2
kasyacit of someoneSB 11.23.26
SB 9.11.8
kasyacit of someone (the devotee)CC Adi 4.45
kasyacit one of themCC Madhya 8.84
kasyacit hetoḥ for any reason or otherSB 11.22.39
kasyacit hetoḥ for any reason or otherSB 11.22.39
kasyāḥ of one certain gopīSB 10.30.27
kasyāḥ of which womanSB 9.14.20
kasyāḥ whoseSB 4.25.42
kasyāñcit in someSB 5.8.6
kasyāñcit of one of themSB 10.30.19
kasyāścana certainSB 1.5.23
kasyāścit to a certain gopīSB 10.33.12
adhyātmikasya spiritual methods leading to devotional serviceSB 2.8.19
aikāntikasya ultimateBG 14.27
akasmāt by accidentSB 5.25.11
ākasmikena vidhinā by the unexpected law of providenceSB 5.9.13
alokasya and of the land not inhabited by living entitiesSB 5.20.36
brahma-aṃśakasya of the partial expansion of the Absolute TruthSB 12.4.32
śrīvatsa-ańkasya of the Lord, who bears the mark ŚrīvatsaSB 3.19.34
anuvikasat blossomingSB 3.15.17
mama arbhakasya of my childSB 10.8.40
sva-arbhakasya of her own sonSB 10.9.15
māyā-arbhakasya of the boys made by Kṛṣṇa's māyāSB 10.13.15
arkasya of the sun globeSB 5.22.8
arkasya of the sunSB 5.22.12
arkasya of ArkaSB 6.6.13
arkasya of the sunlikeCC Madhya 24.1
arūpakasya of You, who possess no material formSB 7.9.47
āryakasya of ĀryakaSB 8.13.26
tasya bālakasya of the small baby KṛṣṇaSB 10.7.10
bālakasya of the boySB 10.26.2
bhūḥ-lokasya of the earthly planetsSB 3.7.26
brahma-aṃśakasya of the partial expansion of the Absolute TruthSB 12.4.32
darbhakasya of DarbhakaSB 12.1.5
dhenukasya of DhenukaSB 10.15.36
dhenukasya of DhenukaSB 12.12.30
diva-okasaḥ the demigods (who inhabit the higher planets)SB 3.17.1
diva-okasaḥ all the demigodsSB 4.13.33
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 4.21.13
diva-okasaḥ the demigodsSB 7.2.9
diva-okasām of the inhabitants of the upper planetary systemSB 8.17.28
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 8.21.21
diva-okasām and inhabitants of heavenSB 10.33.33
diva-okasaḥ the residents of heavenSB 10.52.28
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 10.85.55-56
diva-okasām on the part of the inhabitants of heavenSB 12.12.20
diva-okasām of the demigodsCC Adi 1.73-74
diva-okasaḥ the residents of heavenMM 46
sa-divaukasaḥ along with the demigodsSB 4.5.18
divaukasaḥ all the demigodsSB 7.4.29
divaukasaḥ the demigodsSB 10.4.34
divaukasām of the denizens of the upper planetary systemsSB 8.5.34
divaukasām to all the denizens of heavenSB 10.11.51
divaukasām all the demigodsSB 10.12.33
dvārakā-okasām the inhabitants of DvārakāSB 1.11.25
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.55.39
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.56.35
dvārakā-okasām for the residents of DvārakāSB 10.57.30
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.64.44
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.66.35
dvārakā-okasaḥ inhabitants of DvārakāSB 10.85.23
dvārakā-okasaḥ the inhabitants of DvārakāSB 11.1.20
jambū-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of JambūdvīpaSB 5.2.1
kuśa-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the island known as KuśadvīpaSB 5.20.16
eka-ekasyām in each and every one of themSB 3.3.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.27.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.28.31
eka-ekasmin in each islandSB 5.1.33
eka-ekasmin in one after anotherSB 5.22.15
eka-ekasmin in one after anotherSB 5.22.16
eka-ekasmin upon each oneSB 10.63.18
eka-ekasyām in each one of themSB 10.90.31
eka-ekasmai to each of themSB 12.6.51
eka-ekasmai to each of themSB 12.6.51
ekasmāt from that one ornamentSB 11.9.8
ekasmāt from oneSB 11.9.31
ekasmin in oneBG 18.22
ekasmin simultaneouslySB 3.3.8
ekasmin aloneSB 4.27.17
eka-ekasmin in each islandSB 5.1.33
eka-ekasmin in one after anotherSB 5.22.15
eka-ekasmin in one after anotherSB 5.22.16
ekasmin on oneSB 5.25.2
ekasmin oneSB 10.14.43
ekasmin in oneSB 10.42.38
ekasmin sameSB 10.59.42
eka-ekasmin upon each oneSB 10.63.18
ekasmin in one (element)SB 11.22.8
ekasya of one (Yakṣa)SB 4.11.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.27.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.28.31
ekasya of oneSB 5.10.5
ekasya of the oneSB 10.74.4
ekasya of the oneSB 11.11.4
ekasya oneCC Adi 1.75
ekasya of one personCC Antya 1.142
eka-ekasyām in each and every one of themSB 3.3.9
ekasyām born from one wifeSB 9.24.5
eka-ekasyām in each one of themSB 10.90.31
hṛta-okasaḥ whose abodes were taken by HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.8.26
indraprastha-okasām of the residents of IndraprasthaSB 10.58.12
jala-okasaḥ the crocodile, whose home is the waterSB 8.2.30
jala-okasām like an aquaticSB 8.24.27
jala-okasaḥ aquatic animalsSB 10.40.15
jala-okasaḥ of a resident of the waterSB 10.49.22
jalaukasām of the aquaticsSB 1.15.25-26
jambū-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of JambūdvīpaSB 5.2.1
jīva-lokasya of the conditioned living beingsSB 1.7.24
jīva-lokasya of the planets inhabited by the living entitiesSB 3.10.9
jīva-lokasya for the people in generalSB 3.29.3
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 6.3.4
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 7.3.31
kanakasya of goldSB 10.87.26
kāruṇikasya of you, who are very kindSB 2.5.9
kāruṇikasya of persons celebrated as very mercifulSB 8.20.10
kuśa-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the island known as KuśadvīpaSB 5.20.16
lokasya of the peopleBG 5.14
lokasya of all the worldBG 11.43
lokasya of all peopleSB 1.3.40
lokasya of all living beingsSB 1.4.12
lokasya of the general mass of menSB 1.7.6
jīva-lokasya of the conditioned living beingsSB 1.7.24
lokasya of all peopleSB 2.4.15
lokasya of the worldSB 3.5.34
bhūḥ-lokasya of the earthly planetsSB 3.7.26
jīva-lokasya of the planets inhabited by the living entitiesSB 3.10.9
lokasya to the worldSB 3.17.3
lokasya for the peopleSB 3.24.35
lokasya of the universeSB 3.25.9
jīva-lokasya for the people in generalSB 3.29.3
lokasya of the living entitiesSB 3.29.5
nara-lokasya human birthSB 3.30.34
lokasya of the common manSB 4.4.15
lokasya of the people in generalSB 4.14.8
lokasya of the people in generalSB 4.14.39-40
lokasya of menSB 5.6.19
lokasya to people in generalSB 5.9.3
lokasya of the living entitiesSB 5.26.1
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 6.3.4
tri-lokasya of the three worldsSB 6.19.14
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 7.3.31
lokasya of the people in generalSB 7.13.19
lokasya all the demigods and menSB 8.4.5
lokasya of all the worldSB 8.7.35
lokasya of the people in generalSB 8.16.4
sarva-lokasya of all planets and their inhabitantsSB 8.24.52
lokasya of the people in generalSB 9.24.36
lokasya of all living entitiesSB 10.2.29
lokasya especially of this martya-loka, the planet earthSB 10.3.21
nṛ-lokasya within this material world of living entitiesSB 10.3.31
sādhu-lokasya of the saintly personsSB 10.4.44
sarva-lokasya of everyoneSB 10.10.34-35
nṛ-lokasya of mankindSB 10.51.23-26
lokasya of the worldSB 10.64.23
sarva-lokasya all those presentSB 11.5.44
lokasya of the people of the worldCC Antya 3.181
lokasya of the worldMM 10
mama arbhakasya of my childSB 10.8.40
trai-māsikasya of one who is only three months oldSB 2.7.27
māyā-arbhakasya of the boys made by Kṛṣṇa's māyāSB 10.13.15
nabha-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the sky, or the birdsSB 2.6.13-16
nabha-okasaḥ birdsSB 2.10.37-40
nara-lokasya human birthSB 3.30.34
narakasya of hellBG 16.21
narakasya of NarakāsuraSB 10.37.15-20
narakasya of BhaumaSB 10.59.21
narakasya of the demon NarakaSB 10.67.2
nikasila fructifiedCC Adi 9.13-15
nirupādhikasya without any material designationSB 8.12.8
nṛ-lokasya within this material world of living entitiesSB 10.3.31
nṛ-lokasya of mankindSB 10.51.23-26
vana-okasā who is living in the forestSB 10.4.36
nabha-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the sky, or the birdsSB 2.6.13-16
nabha-okasaḥ birdsSB 2.10.37-40
diva-okasaḥ the demigods (who inhabit the higher planets)SB 3.17.1
vana-okasaḥ living in the forestSB 4.9.20-21
diva-okasaḥ all the demigodsSB 4.13.33
jambū-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of JambūdvīpaSB 5.2.1
vana-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the forestSB 5.19.7
kuśa-dvīpa-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the island known as KuśadvīpaSB 5.20.16
okasaḥ who have their abodesSB 6.4.19
vana-okasaḥ behaving exactly like an animal in the jungleSB 7.2.7-8
diva-okasaḥ the demigodsSB 7.2.9
vraja-okasaḥ village cowherd menSB 7.7.54
hṛta-okasaḥ whose abodes were taken by HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.8.26
pura-okasaḥ being the inhabitants of the above-mentioned three residential airplanesSB 7.10.59
jala-okasaḥ the crocodile, whose home is the waterSB 8.2.30
salila-okasaḥ because I am a big aquaticSB 8.24.22
vraja-okasaḥ inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.6.33
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi in distant placesSB 10.6.41
vraja-okasaḥ to the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.7.6
vraja-okasaḥ all the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.15
vana-okasaḥ the residents of the forestSB 10.15.7
vraja-okasaḥ the people of VṛndāvanaSB 10.17.20
vraja-okasaḥ the people of VrajaSB 10.17.22
okasaḥ the residentsSB 10.20.13
vana-okasaḥ the aborigine girls of the forestSB 10.20.27
vraja-okasaḥ to the boys of VrajaSB 10.22.30
vana-okasaḥ dwelling in the forestsSB 10.24.24
vana-okasaḥ residents of the forestSB 10.24.37
vraja-okasaḥ O residents of VrajaSB 10.25.20
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.25.29
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.26.24
vraja-okasaḥ the cowherd men of VrajaSB 10.33.37
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.34.19
vana-okasaḥ to the residents of the forestSB 10.38.15
jala-okasaḥ aquatic animalsSB 10.40.15
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.41.8
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.46.47
jala-okasaḥ of a resident of the waterSB 10.49.22
diva-okasaḥ the residents of heavenSB 10.52.28
pura-okasaḥ the residents of the citySB 10.53.39
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.55.39
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.56.35
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.64.44
dvārakā-okasaḥ the residents of DvārakāSB 10.66.35
dvārakā-okasaḥ inhabitants of DvārakāSB 10.85.23
dvārakā-okasaḥ the inhabitants of DvārakāSB 11.1.20
okasaḥ of one dwelling, a vānaprasthaSB 11.18.42
diva-okasaḥ the residents of heavenMM 46
dvārakā-okasām the inhabitants of DvārakāSB 1.11.25
okasām of the inhabitantsSB 2.8.15
vraja-okasām by the inhabitants of the land of VṛndāvanaSB 3.2.28
rasā-okasām of the inhabitants of the lower regionsSB 3.18.3
rasā-okasām of the inhabitants of RasātalaSB 3.18.11
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 4.21.13
diva-okasām of the inhabitants of the upper planetary systemSB 8.17.28
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 8.21.21
jala-okasām like an aquaticSB 8.24.27
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of GokulaSB 10.6.4
vraja-okasām to all the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.11.37
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.12
vraja-okasām for the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.36
vraja-okasām of all the inhabitants of Vraja, VṛndāvanaSB 10.13.26
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.14.32
vana-okasām for the residents of the forestSB 10.18.5
vana-okasām for all those present in the forestSB 10.19.7
vraja-okasām the residents of VrajaSB 10.24.12
okasām who dwellSB 10.25.3
vraja-okasām the residents of VrajaSB 10.26.13
okasām for those who dwellSB 10.31.18
okasām belonging to the inhabitantsSB 10.33.3
diva-okasām and inhabitants of heavenSB 10.33.33
vraja-okasām for the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.55
vraja-okasām for the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.56
vraja-okasām of the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.69
pura-okasām for the inhabitants of the citySB 10.54.60
dvārakā-okasām for the residents of DvārakāSB 10.57.30
indraprastha-okasām of the residents of IndraprasthaSB 10.58.12
diva-okasām of the demigodsSB 10.85.55-56
okasām of those who possess material bodiesSB 10.87.14
okasām whose residentsSB 11.4.16
diva-okasām on the part of the inhabitants of heavenSB 12.12.20
diva-okasām of the demigodsCC Adi 1.73-74
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiCC Madhya 6.149
okasām of the embodied living entitiesCC Madhya 15.180
pauṇḍrakasya of PauṇḍrakaSB 10.37.15-20
pauṇḍrakasya of PauṇḍrakaSB 10.66.7
pauṇḍrakasya PauṇḍrakaSB 10.78.1-2
pāvakasya of fireCC Madhya 20.113
poṣakasya of the maintainerSB 4.14.10
prahetiḥ puñjikasthalī Praheti and PuñjikasthalīSB 12.11.34
pukkase in the outcaste of the Pukkasa tribeSB 11.29.13-14
pulkasaḥ a caṇḍālaSB 9.21.10
pulkasakaḥ a caṇḍāla, one who is less than a śūdraSB 6.13.8-9
pulkasāya unto the low-class caṇḍālaSB 9.21.14
prahetiḥ puñjikasthalī Praheti and PuñjikasthalīSB 12.11.34
puñjikasthalyāḥ of the Apsarā named PuñjikasthalīSB 12.8.26-27
puṇya-ślokasya of the great pious kingSB 1.8.32
puṇya-ślokasya of one whose glories are sung by Vedic hymnsSB 1.14.1
puṇya-ślokasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 1.14.6
puṇya-ślokasya of sacred renownSB 4.12.48
pura-okasaḥ being the inhabitants of the above-mentioned three residential airplanesSB 7.10.59
pura-okasaḥ the residents of the citySB 10.53.39
pura-okasām for the inhabitants of the citySB 10.54.60
rajakasya of the washermanSB 10.41.37
rasā-okasām of the inhabitants of the lower regionsSB 3.18.3
rasā-okasām of the inhabitants of RasātalaSB 3.18.11
sa-divaukasaḥ along with the demigodsSB 4.5.18
sādhu-lokasya of the saintly personsSB 10.4.44
salila-okasaḥ because I am a big aquaticSB 8.24.22
sāmāsikasya of compoundsBG 10.33
sarva-lokasya of all planets and their inhabitantsSB 8.24.52
sarva-lokasya of everyoneSB 10.10.34-35
sarva-lokasya all those presentSB 11.5.44
puṇya-ślokasya of the great pious kingSB 1.8.32
puṇya-ślokasya of one whose glories are sung by Vedic hymnsSB 1.14.1
puṇya-ślokasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 1.14.6
puṇya-ślokasya of sacred renownSB 4.12.48
uttama-ślokasya who is praised with excellent versesSB 5.1.5
śrīvatsa-ańkasya of the Lord, who bears the mark ŚrīvatsaSB 3.19.34
sūcakasya of the identifierSB 1.17.22
śukasya of ŚukadevaSB 12.12.6
sva-arbhakasya of her own sonSB 10.9.15
svārasikasya spontaneousCC Antya 1.150
syamantakasya named SyamantakaSB 10.37.15-20
tasya bālakasya of the small baby KṛṣṇaSB 10.7.10
trai-māsikasya of one who is only three months oldSB 2.7.27
tri-lokasya of the three worldsSB 6.19.14
upāsakasya of one who is worshipingSB 11.15.31
utańkasya of the great sage UtańkaSB 9.6.22
uttama-ślokasya who is praised with excellent versesSB 5.1.5
vikasita-vadanāḥ with bright facesSB 5.9.14
vikasat-vaktram his smiling faceSB 7.5.21
vana-okasaḥ living in the forestSB 4.9.20-21
vana-okasaḥ the inhabitants of the forestSB 5.19.7
vana-okasaḥ behaving exactly like an animal in the jungleSB 7.2.7-8
vana-okasā who is living in the forestSB 10.4.36
vana-okasaḥ the residents of the forestSB 10.15.7
vana-okasām for the residents of the forestSB 10.18.5
vana-okasām for all those present in the forestSB 10.19.7
vana-okasaḥ the aborigine girls of the forestSB 10.20.27
vana-okasaḥ dwelling in the forestsSB 10.24.24
vana-okasaḥ residents of the forestSB 10.24.37
vana-okasaḥ to the residents of the forestSB 10.38.15
ākasmikena vidhinā by the unexpected law of providenceSB 5.9.13
vikasat blossomingSB 3.9.21
vikasat-vaktram his smiling faceSB 7.5.21
vikasat glitteringSB 8.8.24
vikasat manifestingSB 9.10.31
vikasat bloomingSB 10.32.11-12
vikasat blossomingSB 10.75.16
vikasita-vadanāḥ with bright facesSB 5.9.14
vikasita exhibitedCC Antya 16.148
vraja-okasām by the inhabitants of the land of VṛndāvanaSB 3.2.28
vraja-okasaḥ village cowherd menSB 7.7.54
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of GokulaSB 10.6.4
vraja-okasaḥ inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.6.33
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi in distant placesSB 10.6.41
vraja-okasaḥ to the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.7.6
vraja-okasām to all the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.11.37
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.12
vraja-okasaḥ all the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.15
vraja-okasām for the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, VṛndāvanaSB 10.12.36
vraja-okasām of all the inhabitants of Vraja, VṛndāvanaSB 10.13.26
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.14.32
vraja-okasaḥ the people of VṛndāvanaSB 10.17.20
vraja-okasaḥ the people of VrajaSB 10.17.22
vraja-okasaḥ to the boys of VrajaSB 10.22.30
vraja-okasām the residents of VrajaSB 10.24.12
vraja-okasaḥ O residents of VrajaSB 10.25.20
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.25.29
vraja-okasām the residents of VrajaSB 10.26.13
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.26.24
vraja-okasaḥ the cowherd men of VrajaSB 10.33.37
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.34.19
vraja-okasaḥ the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.41.8
vraja-okasaḥ the residents of VrajaSB 10.46.47
vraja-okasām for the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.55
vraja-okasām for the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.56
vraja-okasām of the residents of VrajaSB 10.47.69
vraja-okasām of the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiCC Madhya 6.149
vṛkasālā-vṛka from wolves and dogsSB 5.8.12
vṛkasālā-vṛka from wolves and dogsSB 5.8.12
     DCS with thanks   
107 results
     
kas noun (masculine) [gramm.] root kas
Frequency rank 48938/72933
kasa noun (masculine) a touch stone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[gramm.] root kas
Frequency rank 48939/72933
kasana noun (masculine) cough (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27447/72933
kasanā noun (feminine) a kind of venomous snake (or spider) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33914/72933
kaseru noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 11582/72933
kaserukā noun (masculine feminine)
Frequency rank 12441/72933
kaska noun (masculine) [gramm.] the word kaska
Frequency rank 48942/72933
kasmāt indeclinable where from? whence? why? wherefore? (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1932/72933
kastambhī noun (feminine) piece of wood fastened on at the extreme end of the pole serving as a prop or rest (popularly called "sipoy" in Western India) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the prop of a carriage-pole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33915/72933
kastapas adjective ?
Frequency rank 48943/72933
kastāra noun (neuter) tin
Frequency rank 48944/72933
kastūrikā noun (feminine) musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
musk-deer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the animal perfume (supposed to come out of the navel of the musk-deer) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12888/72933
kastūrī noun (feminine) musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Amaryllis zeylanica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Hibiscus Abelmoschus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5668/72933
kastūrīmallikā noun (feminine) a species of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48945/72933
kasun noun (masculine) [gramm.] as (as an infinitive)
Frequency rank 21047/72933
kasā noun (feminine) a whip (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48940/72933
kasārikā noun (feminine) a kind of insect
Frequency rank 48941/72933
akasmāt indeclinable accidentally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suddenly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a why or a wherefore (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3323/72933
anīkastha noun (masculine) a mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a military drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sentinel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a warrior or combatant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an armed or royal guard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an elephant-driver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
signal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the trainer of an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31875/72933
anuvikas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to blow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to expand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43311/72933
anokasārin adjective
Frequency rank 43417/72933
ambaraukas noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44686/72933
arkasuta noun (masculine) name of Karṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44899/72933
arkasūnu noun (masculine) name of Yama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the planet Saturn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44900/72933
aśmakasumantu noun (masculine) name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45630/72933
ākasmika adjective accidental (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
casual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
causeless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sudden (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unexpected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unforeseen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14722/72933
udakasparśana noun (neuter) ablution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of touching water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47248/72933
ekasaptati noun (feminine) 71 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12872/72933
ekasaptatitama adjective the 71st
Frequency rank 27273/72933
ekasara noun (masculine) name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 48007/72933
ekasāla noun (neuter) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48008/72933
ekasāhasa noun (masculine) name of a serpent which was burnt in Janamejayas sarpasattra
Frequency rank 48009/72933
ekastha adjective assembled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
combined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conjoined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
remaining in the same place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing in or occupying only one panel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8246/72933
ekasthatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 48010/72933
kanakasundara noun (masculine) a kind of alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 16645/72933
kanakastambhā noun (feminine) "having a golden stem" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
species of Musa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48475/72933
kasiṃhī noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 48995/72933
kasauvarcala noun (neuter) kācalavaṇa
Frequency rank 48996/72933
kasphūrja noun (masculine) the plant Diospyrus tomentosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48997/72933
kānanaukas noun (masculine) a monkey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19142/72933
kasa noun (neuter) a bone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vertebra or a rib (of which six are enumerated) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49502/72933
kasaka noun (neuter) a bone
Frequency rank 49503/72933
kaikasī noun (feminine) name of a daughter of the Rākṣasa Sumālin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14838/72933
kroḍakaseruka noun (masculine) Cyperus rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50388/72933
cikkasa noun (masculine neuter) barley powder barley-meal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52268/72933
janakasutā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 17920/72933
jalaukas noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 52836/72933
jalaukas noun (masculine) a leech aquatic animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inhabitant of water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Kaśmīr king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6139/72933
jalaukasā noun (masculine feminine neuter) a leech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35154/72933
tarkasaṃgraha noun (masculine) name of a manual of the Vaiśeshika branch of the Nyāya phil. by Annambhaṭṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35328/72933
tilvakasarpis noun (neuter) a kind of medicine
Frequency rank 53603/72933
tridivaukas noun (masculine) a god
Frequency rank 9384/72933
divaukas noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a deer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
planet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Cātaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2564/72933
divaukasa noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21453/72933
devaukas noun (neuter) mount Meru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54985/72933
nagaukas noun (masculine) a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fabulous animal Śarabha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55621/72933
narakasā noun (feminine) the indigo plant (Ray, Rasārṇava)
Frequency rank 36110/72933
narakastha adjective living or being in hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55704/72933
kasad noun (masculine) a deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 9 Ekāhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28592/72933
pukkasī noun (feminine) kalikā or kālikā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the indigo plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36959/72933
pukkasa noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 21743/72933
puñjikasthalā noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras
Frequency rank 15892/72933
puraukas noun (masculine) an inhabitant of a town or of Tripura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58243/72933
pulkasī noun (feminine) a Pulkasa woman
Frequency rank 58257/72933
pulkasa noun (masculine) name of a despised mixed tribe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16988/72933
pravikas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become manifest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to expand (intr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to open (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59388/72933
bilaukas adjective
Frequency rank 60264/72933
bhuvanaukas noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60823/72933
markasphoṭī noun (feminine) a kind of rasaudhī
Frequency rank 61564/72933
mauktikasū noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 62660/72933
mūtraukasāda noun (masculine) a particular disease (in which the urine assumes various colours and is voided with pain) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29753/72933
rakasā noun (feminine) a form of leprosy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22102/72933
rasacandraukasa noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 63447/72933
rasaukas noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 38696/72933
rājakaseru noun (masculine feminine) Cyperus Rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38709/72933
latākastūrikā noun (feminine) a kind of aromatic medicinal plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
musk-creeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38869/72933
lokasākṣin noun (masculine) universal witness (said of Brahman) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 29995/72933
lokasāraṅga noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 64274/72933
lokasīmātivartin adjective extraordinary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
passing beyond ordinary limits (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supernatural (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64275/72933
lokasthiti noun (feminine) a universal law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
duration or existence of the world (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
generally established rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38937/72933
vanaukas noun (masculine) a forest-animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a forest-dweller (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wild boar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an ape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anchorite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4046/72933
valmīkasambhavā noun (feminine) a kind of cucumber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64823/72933
vasvokasārā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39138/72933
vasvaukasārā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the city of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the residence of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64923/72933
kasatṛṇa noun (masculine) mukunda
Frequency rank 64996/72933
vāryokas noun (feminine) a leech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39239/72933
vāsakasajjā noun (feminine) a woman ready to receive her lover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65279/72933
vikas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to become split (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to blossom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to burst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to expand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to extend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to spread out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6354/72933
vikasā noun (feminine) māṃsarohiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bengal madder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16109/72933
vikasa noun (masculine) Boerhavia Procumbens the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65352/72933
vikasana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65353/72933
vikasvarā noun (feminine) a Punar-navā with red flowers
Frequency rank 65354/72933
vikasvara adjective blown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
candid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clear (as sound) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opened (as eyes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20036/72933
viśokasaptamī noun (feminine) a kind of Vrata on a Saptamī
Frequency rank 30278/72933
vṛkasthala noun (neuter) name of a village (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18482/72933
vṛṣabhaikasahasrā noun (feminine) a thousand cows and a bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66503/72933
vrajaukas noun (masculine) a herdsman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67013/72933
śakasṛṣṭā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 67054/72933
śīrṣakastha adjective abiding by a verdict (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in or on the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
submitting to punishment (if an accused person clears himself in an ordeal) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67788/72933
śukasārikāpralāpana noun (neuter) instruction about parrot and Maina birds (one of the 64 arts) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40084/72933
śulkasthāna noun (neuter) a toll-house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any object of taxation or duty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
custom house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tax-office (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20170/72933
ślokasthāna noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 40240/72933
salilaukas adjective dwelling or living in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69546/72933
saṃkasuka adjective crumbling up (applied to Agni as the destroyer of the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irresolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splitting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsteady (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69733/72933
sāgaraukas adjective living in the ocean
Frequency rank 70233/72933
sāṃyātrikasabha noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 70475/72933
svargaukas noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heaven-dweller" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the Blest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72149/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

ākāśa

space; one of the five gross element

ākāśavalli

Plant dodder or strangle weed, Cuscata reflexa; syn. Monogynella reflexa.

annabhedi

Go to kāśīsa

ariṣṭa

a medicinal preparation made by adding decoction (kaṣāya) of prescribed drugs in a solution of sugar or jaggery and preserving for a specified period to enable fermentation; liquor, ex: vāsāriṣṭa

arkaprakāśa

a text containing different medicines in distillery form.

asparśa

Go to ākāśavalli.

aṣṭāngsangraha

an eloborate medical compendium authord by Vagbhata, 5th Century synthesizing both Carakasamhita and Suśrutasamhita.

avalambakasleshma

clinging phlegm; one of the five variants of sleṣma or kapha.

bhaṭṭārahariscandra

author of Carakanyāsa, a commentary on Carakasamhita, Century 6 or 7 th Century

bhāvamiśra

āyurveda physician of Kāśi (16th Century ), author of Bhāvaprakāśa.

bhāvaprakāśanighanṭu

glossary of Bhāvaprakāśa (16th Century ).

bhāvaprakāśa

one of the ‘lesser threesome’ (laghutrayi) authored by Bhāvamiśra (16th Century ).

bodhakasleṣma

one of the five variants of sleṣma located on the tongue (taste-teaching)

brahmadeva

commentator of Carakasamhita and Suśrutasamhita (10-11th Century ).

bukkasa

Plant indigo plant, Indigofera tinctoria.

cakrapāṇi

āyurveda physician of Bengal in 11th Century , author of Āyurveda dīpika, a commentary on Carakasamhita.

carakasamhita

a classical text of ayurveda authored by Agniveśa and redacted by Caraka (2nd Century )

devakāṣṭam

Go to devadāru

dhanvantari

king of Kāśi, teacher-surgeon of Śuśruta; god of āyurveda.

dṛḍhabala

redactor of Caraka samhita, belongs to Kashmir region ( 4th century).

ghṛta

ghee (calrified butter); a pharmaceutical preparation in which ghee is boiled with prescribed decoctions (kaṣāya) and mash (kalka) of drugs according to formula; medicated ghee.

gūḍhārthadīpika

a commentary on Śārñgadharasamhita, by Kasiram vaidya in 17th Century

holākasveda

a sweating process with dry dung of cow; horse; or elephant.

iṣṭikasveda

brick fomentation; rice-water or daśamūla kaṣāya is poured over two heated bricks, which is used as fomentation.

jalpakalpataru

a commentary on Carakasamhita by Gangadhara Ray (1789-1885) of Bengal.

jejjaṭa

author of Nirantarapadavyākhya, a commentary on Carakasamhita (9th Century )

jentākasveda

a round hut for sudation therapy; chamber-heating.

jīrṇakāsa

chronic cough.

kalpasthāna

section on pharmaceutics in Carakasamhita

karkaru

Plant winter melon, Beninkasa cerifera.

karkaśa

Plant rugged, harsh, Mallotus philippinsesis. male plant of Momordica dioica.

kāsa

caugh.

kāśa

Plant wild thatch grass; Saccharum spontaneum.

kāsaghna

anti-cough, anti-tussive.

kasamarda

Plant Cassia occidentalis; negro coffee, stinking weed.

kāsamarda

remedy against cough.

kaṣāya

1. astringent taste; 2. decoction.

kaseru

Plant water chestnut, rhizome of Scirpus kysoor.

kāśi

a geographical region and a city in ancient India corresponding to present day Varanasi.

kāśīramvaidya

author of Gūḍārthadīpika, a commentary on Sārangadharasamhita (17th Century )

kāsīsa

green vitreol, ferrous sulphate.

kāṣmarya

Go to gambhāri.

kāṣmīra

1. of Kashmir region; Plant 2. Indian rubber plant (Ficus elastica); 3. saffron; 4. tuberous root of Costus speciosus.

kāṣṭha

a measurement of time equal to 15 mātra, or equal to 4.66 seconds.

kaṣṭārvata

dysmenorrhoea; pain during menstruation.

kastūri,kastūrilatika

Plant musk mallow; Hybiscus abelmoschus.

kastūribhairavarasa

herbo-mineral preparation used in influenza.

kastūrīlatikā

Plant seeds of Hibuscus abelmoschus.

kāsyapa

vṛddha Jīvaka, paediatrician and gynaecologist par excellence in āyurveda kāsyapatantra a treatise on peadiatrics.

kasa

vertebra or a rib, spinal column, bone.

kledakaṣleṣma

wetty humor; one of the five variants of sleṣma.

kroṣṭukaśīrṣa

inflammed knee, disease of knee.

kṣatakāsa

haemoptysis, blood in sputum.

kvātha

hot decoction made from coarse powders of certain drugs, kvāthacūrṇa coarse powder made from one or more dry drugs, which is kept for preparation of kaṣāya (decoction) ex: rāsnādi kvātha.

laghu

light, lesser, laghu trayi: minor three compendiums (mādhavanidāna, basavarājīya, bhāvaprakāśa)

latakasturi

Plant musk creeper, Hibiscus abelmoschus, ambrette seed plant.

māgadhamāna

system of weights and measures in magadha region and adopted by Carakasamhita.

mahāsugandha

(maha.sugandha) strong or great fragrants; crocus (kunkuma), eagle wood (agaru), camphor (karpura), musk (kastūri), sandal (candana).

maṇḍūkāsana

frog posture in yoga.

māsikasrāva

menstrual discharge.

mūtrakasāda

nephritis.

nalakāsthi

tubular bones.

netrabindu

eye-drops prepared by dissolving the specified drugs (sphaṭika, karpūra) in water or decoctions (kaṣāya).

niruddhaprakaśa

stricture of urethra.

pañcamahābhūta

five gross elements (prithvi, ap, tejas, vayu and ākāṣ) that make up the animate and inanimate world.

pratamakaśvāsa

cardiac asthma.

pravapura

the city of Srinagar in Kashmir.

puṣpa

flower, puṣpakāśīsa purified ferrous sulphate; puṣpaśāka flower vegetable ex: cauliflower.

rājanighanṭu

a medical lexicon compiled by Naraharipanḍita of Kashmir in the early 17th Century This work is also known as Abhidhana cūḍāmani.

rakasa

a kind of skin disease, dermatitis.

raktakāṣṭha

Plant Caesalpinia sappan, contusions, red spots under the skin.

rasavaiśeṣikasūtra

a text authored by Nagarjuna.

śarabha

Kashmir deer; a strong and attractive deer.

siddhisthāna

place of felicity; part of Carakasamhita contributed by Driḍhabala.

śleṣakasleṣma

connecting phlegm; one of the five variants of sleshma.

śukaśārika

parrot and maina bird together.

śuṣkakāsa

dry cough.

suśruta

disciple of Dhanvatari, who was the king of Kāśi. He authored Śuśruta samhita, an important treatise on surgery.

svādutriphala

drākṣa (Vitis vinifera), kharjūra (Phoenix dactylfera), kāṣmarya (Gmelina arborea).

svāmikumāra

authored Carakapanjika, a commentary on Carakasamhita; he was a buddhist.

svastikāsana

auspicious yogic pose.

taila

1. oil; 2. sesame oil; 3. medicated preparation in which taila is boiled with prescribed decoctions (kaṣāya) and mash (kalka) of drugs according to formula, ex: bhṛṇgarāja taila

tamakaśvāsa

bronchial asthma.

tarpakaśleṣma

saturating humor, one of the five varieties of kapha/sleṣma.

trikāsthi

sacrum.

tṛṇapancamūla

(tṛṇa.panca.mūla) śara (Saccharum munja), ikṣu (Saccharum officinarum), kuśa (Desmostachya bipinnata), kāsa (Saccharum spontaneum), darbha (Imperata cylindrica).

vikāsi

expanding, blooming, dilating.

vimāna

science of measures and proportion; vimānasthāna part of Carakasamhita.

viroṣa,viroṣana

1. loosing weight due to excessive intake of kaṭu, tikta, kaṣāya food; 2. angry.

vopadeva

author of Prakāśa, a commentary on Sārangadharasamhita (13th Century ).

vṛscikāsana

yogic pose resembling a scorpion.

     Wordnet Search "kas" has 518 results.
     

kas

sahasā, akasmāt, āpātataḥ, añjasā, muhuḥ, sakṛt   

vinā kamapi saṅketam।

gṛhāt nirgateṣu asmāsu sahasā eva varṣā prārabhata।

kas

kāñcanāraḥ, kovidāraḥ, camarikaḥ, kuddālaḥ, yugapatrakam, kaṇakārakaḥ, kāntapuṣpaḥ, karakaḥ, kāntāraḥ, yamalacchadaḥ, kāñcanālaḥ, tāmrapuṣpaḥ, kudāraḥ, raktakāñcanaḥ, vidālaḥ, kuṇḍalī, raktapuṣpaḥ, campaḥ, yugapatraḥ, kanakāntakaḥ, kanakārakaḥ, karbudāraḥ, gaṇḍāriḥ, girijaḥ, camarikaḥ, tāmrapuṣpakaḥ, mahāpuṣpaḥ, yugmaparṇaḥ, yugmapatraḥ, varalabdhaḥ, vidalaḥ, śoṇapuṣpakaḥ, satkāñcanāraḥ, siṃhāsyaḥ, hayavāhanasaṅkaraḥ, hayavāhanaśaṅkaraḥ, suvarṇāraḥ, svalpakesarī, āsphotaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi śobhanīyāni santi।

udyānapālaḥ kāñcanārasya śākhāṃ adhogṛhītvā puṣpāṇi vicinoti।

kas

spaṣṭīkaraṇam, vyākhyā, prakāśanam, vivaraṇam, vivṛtiḥ, ṭīkā   

anyasya avagamanārthe viśadīkaraṇam।

vipakṣeṇa arthanītiprastāvaviṣaye sarvakārāt spaṣṭīkaraṇam abhyarthitam।

kas

kāñcanakandaraḥ, kanakasthalī   

suvarṇasya kandaraḥ।

karnāṭakaprānte naike kāñcanakandarāḥ santi।

kas

pṛṣṭhavaṃśaḥ, rīḍhakaḥ, kaśeruḥ, kaśeru, pṛṣṭhāsthiḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ- pṛṣṭhasya asthiyuktaḥ vaṃśaḥ।

padmāsane pṛṣṭhavaṃśaṃ saralīkṛtya upaveṣṭavyam।

kas

lokopakāraḥ, janakalyāṇam, janasevā, lokahitam, lokasevā   

janānāṃ hitārthā kṛtā kriyā।

lokopakāraṃ kṛtvā ahaṃ sukham anubhavāmi।

kas

pṛṣṭhāsthimān, pṛṣṭhavaṃśaviśiṣṭaḥ, kaśerukī, merudaṇḍī   

pṛṣṭhāsthidhārakaḥ prāṇī।

mānavaḥ pṛṣṭhāsthimān jantuḥ asti।

kas

kāṣṭhapañjaram   

kāṣṭhasya pañjaram।

tena sārikāpālanārthe kāṣṭhapañjaraṃ krītam।

kas

samīpam, samīpataḥ, sannidhau, nikaṭe, antikam, upānte, abhitaḥ, ārāt, āsanne, sannikṛṣṭam, nikaṣā, adūre, dūrāt, adūrataḥ   

svalpe antare।

śyāmasya gṛhasya samīpam eva ekaḥ vidyālayaḥ asti।

kas

nāsikaveṇuḥ, nāsikavaṃśaḥ, nāsikavaṃśī, nāsikamuralī, nāsikasāneyī, nāsikasāneyikā, nāsikavivaranālikā, nāsikadarduraḥ, nāsikanandaḥ   

vādyaviśeṣaḥ- vaṃśanālikayā nirmitaṃ tad suṣiravādyam yad aśiyākhaṇḍe keṣucana rāṣṭreṣu nāsikayā vādayati।

saḥ nāsikaveṇoḥ vādane nipuṇaḥ asti।

kas

madhyakālaḥ, kālāntaram, abhyantarakālaḥ, avakāśaḥ, avadhiḥ   

krīḍādiṣu bhāgadvayāntargataḥ virāmakālaḥ।

krīḍāyāḥ madhyakāle ahaṃ kaṣāyapānārtham agaccham।

kas

ulkāśma   

sā patitā ulkā yā śīlā abhavat।

kadācit rātrau pṛthivīṃ patat ulkāśma dṛśyate।

kas

kasādhanam, pākopakaraṇam   

pākanirmāṇārthe upayuktaṃ sādhanam।

cullī iti ekaṃ pākasādhanam।

kas

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

sasya-viśeṣaḥ, yasya bījarūpāḥ kaṣāyāḥ yāvānalāḥ bhojane upayujyante।

asmin saṃvatsare tuvaryaḥ sasyaṃ vipulaṃ dṛśyate।

kas

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, kaṣāyo yāvānalaḥ āyurvede asya vātaśamanatva-virecakāditvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

adya ahaṃ odanena saha tuvarīṃ pacāmi।

kas

kaṣṭena, duḥkhena, kaṣṭaṃ, kṛcchreṇa, kaṭhinataḥ   

kāṭhinyena saha।

kaṭhinatayā etad kāryaṃ samāptam।

kas

kāṣṭhapātram   

kṛṣīkṣetre jalasiñcanārthe upayuktaṃ kāṣṭhasya pātram।

saḥ kāṣṭhapātreṇa jalaṃ siñcati।

kas

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, raktasya varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ।

imaṃ prakoṣṭhaṃ raktena varṇena varṇaya।

kas

makṣikā, bhambhaḥ, nācikā, gandhatotupā, pataṅgikā, pattikā, vamanīyā, palaṅkaṣā   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ pṛṣodaraḥ śabdāyamānaḥ kīṭaḥ।

gomaye makṣikāḥ maśanti। /ārṣabhasya rājarṣermanasāpi mahātmanaḥ nānuvartmārhati nṛpo makṣikevagarutvataḥ।

kas

kusumita, kusumavāna, puṣpita, praphulla, phullavat, puṣpin, vikasin, puṣpada   

puṣpaiḥ yuktam।

sītāyāḥ udyāne naikāḥ puṣpitāḥ kṣupāḥ santi।

kas

asthi, asthikam, kulyam, haḍḍam, kīkasam   

śarīrasthasaptadhātvantargatadhātuviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śvetaḥ kaṭhinataraśca।

śyāmasya vāmapādasya asthi bhagnam।

kas

akṣakāsthi, grīvāsthi   

grīvāyāḥ pārśve vartamānā urasaḥ upari vartamāne dve dhanuṣākāre asthinī।

tasya dakṣiṇam akṣakāsthi bhagnam।

kas

prakāśam, prakaṭam, prākaṭyena, vyaktam, suvyaktam, sphuṭam   

sarveṣāṃ purataḥ।

prakāśena tena svasya mataṃ pratipāditam।

kas

ārthikaśoṣaṇam   

ārthikarūpeṇa kṛtaṃ śoṣaṇam।

śramikāṇām ārthikaśoṣaṇaṃ prācīnakālāt ārabhya pracalati।

kas

sammilita, sañcita, upacita, samupacita, samūḍha, saṅgūḍha, sambhṛta, sambhūta, ekīkṛta, ekastha, sannipatita, saṃhata, samaveta, saṅkalita   

itastata ākṛṣya ekatra kṛtam nibandhanam ।

aiṣamaḥ kumbhamahāsammelane sammilitānāṃ janānāṃ dhāvaṃ dhāvaṃ jātam।

kas

vāstavikasthānam   

yad sthānaṃ vastutaḥ asti।

himālayaparvataḥ iti ekaṃ vāstavikasthānam asti।

kas

śarāvaḥ, puṭakaḥ, ākāśacamasaḥ   

ardhagolākṛti laghubhāṇḍam।

biḍālaḥ śarāve sthāpitaṃ dugdhaṃ pibati।

kas

kauśikasaṃhatam   

paṭasūtre ācchāditasya suvarṇena rajatena vā kṛtam saṃhatam।

tasyāḥ śāṭīkāyāṃ śobhanīyaṃ kauśikasaṃhatam asti।

kas

anicchayā, aprasannatayā, sakaṣṭam   

icchārahitatvena।

śyāmaḥ anicchayā pituḥ kāryaṃ karoti।

kas

nirabhra, anabhra, meghahīna, anākāśa, apaghana, amegha   

megharahitaḥ।

nirabhre ākāśe rātrau nakṣatramaṇaḍalaṃ śobhate।

kas

āntarikaśaktiḥ, āntarikaūrjā   

jīve vartamānā antarikā śaktiḥ।

ahaṃ pratyekaṃ kāryam āntarikaśaktyā sampādayāmi।

kas

taḍāgaḥ, saraṭhaḥ, hradaḥ, sarovaram, sarovaraḥ, kāsāraḥ, mīnagodhikā   

laghuḥ jalāśayaḥ।

saḥ taḍāge matsyāghātaṃ karoti।

kas

tarkaśāstrī, tārkikaḥ, vādikaḥ   

tarkaśāstrasya jñātā।

saḥ ekaḥ kuśalaḥ tarkaśāstrī asti।

kas

śaṅkāśīla, śaṅkābuddhi, saṃśayaśīla, saṃśayabuddhi, sandigdhacitta, sandigdhamati, saṃśayālu, śaṅkin, aviśvāsī, kutarkaśīla, kutarkasvabhāva, apratyayī, kuhakacakita   

yaḥ na viśvasīti।

saḥ śaṅkāśīlaḥ ataḥ tasya udbodhanena kim।

kas

tejomaṇḍita, tejapūrṇa, kāntimāna, jājvalyamāna, dedīpyamāna, prakāśamāna, divya   

tejasā maṇḍitam।

sādhūnāṃ lalāṭaḥ tejomaṇḍitaḥ asti।

kas

duḥkham, pīḍā, bādhā, vyathā, amānasyam, kaṣṭam, kṛccham, ābhīlam, artiḥ, pīḍanam, viheṭhanam, kleśaḥ, āpad   

cetasāṃ pratikūlaḥ manodharmaviśeṣaḥ।

janāḥ duḥkhe eva īśvaraṃ smaranti।

kas

kaṣāya   

amalakādīnāṃ rasaḥ।

āmalakādīni phalāni kaṣāyasya kārakāṇi।

kas

ākāśayānam, nabhayānam   

tat yānam yad ākāśamārgeṇa gacchati।

vimānam ākāśayānam asti।

kas

prākṛtikasthānam   

prakṛtyā vinirmitaṃ sthānam।

marusthalam iti ekaṃ prākṛtikasthānam।

kas

aprākṛtikasthānam   

tat sthānaṃ yad prākṛtikaṃ nāsti।

vimānapattanam iti aprākṛtikasthānam।

kas

tarkagamya, tarkādhīna, tarkasaṃgata   

yad tarkadṛṣṭyā ucitam।

eṣaḥ tarkagamyaḥ viṣayaḥ।

kas

śaṅkhaḥ, kambuḥ, kambojaḥ, abjaḥ, arṇobhavaḥ, pāvanadhvanāḥ, antakuṭilaḥ, mahānādaḥ, śvetaḥ, pūtaḥ, mukharaḥ, dīrghanādaḥ, bahunādaḥ, haripriyaḥ, kasruḥ, daram, jalajaḥ, revaṭaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, samudrodbhavajantuḥ।

śaṅkhaḥ jalajantuḥ asti। / bhaktatūryaṃ gandhatūryaṃ raṇatūryaṃ mahāsvanaḥ saṃgrāmapaṭahaḥ śaṅkhastathā cābhayaḍiṇḍima।

kas

khagolīyakṣetram, khamaṇḍalam, ākāśamaṇḍalam, nabhamaṇḍalam   

tatsthānaṃ yatra khagolīyapiṇḍāḥ santi।

śyāmaḥ khagolīyakṣetrasya viṣaye jñātum icchati।

kas

kuṅkumam, vāhnīkam, vāhnikam, varavāhnīkam, agniśikham, varaḥ, varam, baraḥ, baram, kāśmīrajanma, kāśmīrajaḥ, pītakam, pītanam, pītacandanam, pītakāveram, kāveram, raktasaṃjñam, raktam, śoṇitam, lohitam, lohitacandanam, gauram, haricandanam, ghusṛṇam, jāguḍam, saṅkocam, piśunam, ghīram, kucandanam   

puṣpaviśeṣaḥ।

mahyaṃ kāśmīrajena yuktā kulphīprakāraḥ rocate।

kas

kāṣṭhīyapādapaḥ   

kaṭhorakāṣṭhīyaḥ kośikāyuktaḥ pādapaḥ।

āmraḥ kāṣṭhīyapādapaḥ asti।

kas

prakāśamat, ālokita, jyotita, jyotiṣmat, dīptimat, dyumat   

prakāśena yuktaḥ।

eṣaḥ kakṣaḥ prakāśamānaḥ asti।

kas

kāyikasaṃracanā   

śarīrasya jaṭilā saṃracanā।

tasya kāyikasaṃracanā atīva dṛḍhā asti।

kas

puṣpita, kusumita, praphullita, praphulita, smita, vikasita   

gātrāṇāṃ dalānāṃ vā anyonyaviśleṣaḥ।

sūryodaye padmaṃ phullaṃ bhavati।

kas

paurāṇikastrī   

sā strī yasyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu dhārmikagrantheṣu prāpyate।

gāndhārī kuntī paurāṇikastriyau staḥ।

kas

sāraḥ, niṣkarṣaḥ, niryāsaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, nirgalitārthaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, rasaḥ   

vicāre sthirāṃśaḥ।

horāṃ yāvad prayatnāt anantaraṃ eva vayam asya lekhasya sāraṃ lekhitum aśaknuma।

kas

saṅgrahālayaḥ, kautukāgāraḥ, kautukālayaḥ, kautukasaṅgrahālayaḥ, durlabhadravyāgāram   

durlabhavastusaṅgrahasthānam।

asmin saṅgrahālaye mugalakālīnavastūnāṃ saṅgrahaḥ asti।

kas

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

kas

avakāśaḥ, avasaraḥ, sāvakāśatā, viśrāmaḥ   

viśrānteḥ samayaḥ।

avakāśe milatu।

kas

prakāśaḥ, dyutiḥ, dīptiḥ, tejaḥ, pradīpaḥ, jyotiḥ, jyotiḥ, prabhā, ābhā, chaviḥ, ālokaḥ, ruciḥ, ruc, kāntiḥ, chaṭā, nibhā, bhā, bhāḥ, chāyā, tviṣā, tviṣ, śociḥ, śobhā, varcaḥ, mahaḥ, dyotaḥ, dūśānam, marīciḥ, jhallikā   

sā śaktiḥ tattvaṃ vā yayā anyāni vastūni dṛggocarāṇi bhavanti।

sūryasya āgamanena diśaḥ prakāśeṇa kāsyanti।

kas

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

kas

cināṃśukāstaraṇam   

cināṃśukasya āstaraṇam।

cināṃśukāstaraṇam mahārgham asti।

kas

tamomaya, tāmasa, tāmasika, tamasvin, sāndhakāra, satimira, tamovṛta, tamobhūta, nirāloka, aprakāśa, hatajyotis   

andhakāreṇa yuktaḥ।

kṛṣṇasya janma bhādrapadamāsasya tamomayyāṃ rātrau abhavat।

kas

nabhaḥ, gaganam, ākāśaḥ, ambaram, abhram, dyoḥ, dyauḥ, puṣkaram, antarīkṣam, antarikṣam, anantam, yuravartmam, khaṃ, viyat, viṣṇupadam, vihāyaḥ, nākaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, nabhasam, meghaveśma, mabāvilam, marudvartama, meghavartma, triviṣṭapam, abbhaṃ   

pṛthivyāḥ ūrdhvaṃ dṛśyamānaḥ avakāśaḥ।

vidyādharāḥ nabhasi carantiḥ।

kas

kastūrī, kuraṅganābhi   

naramṛgasya nābhyāṃ sthitaḥ ekaṃ sugandhidravyam।

kasturyāḥ sugandhaḥ tasmai rocate।

kas

keśaraḥ, kesaraḥ, agnisekharaḥ, ambaram, asṛk, kanakagauram, kāntam, kāleyam, kāveram, kāśmīra, kucandanam, kusumātmakam, kesaravara, goravaḥ, gauram, ghasram, ghusṛṇam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ śītapradeśe jātaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ sugandhārthe khyātaḥ।

keśarāt prāptaḥ sugandhitaḥ padārthaḥ dhārmikakārye api upayujyate।

kas

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

kas

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

kas

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

kas

kastūrīmṛgaḥ, gandhamṛgaḥ, puṣkalakaḥ   

śītapradeśe vartamānaḥ mṛgaḥ yasmāt kastūrī prāpyate।

kastūrīmṛgaḥ kastūrīgandhena muhyati।

kas

gopanīya, goptavya, aprakaṭya, gopya, aprakāśya   

yad guptārham।

eṣā gopanīyā vārtā rāmāya mā kathaya।

kas

ākasmika, anapekṣita, acintita, apratyāśita   

akasmād udbhavam।

sohanasya ākasmikena mṛtyunā āghātitam tasya gṛham।

kas

apakva, aparipakva, āma, esiddha, apariṇata, śalāṭu, kaṣaṇa, aparipūta   

yaḥ na pakvaḥ।

śyāmaḥ apakvaṃ phalam atti।

kas

aguru, vaṃśikam, rājārham, loham, kṛmijam, joṅgakam, kṛṣṇam, tohākhyam, laghu, pītakam, varṇaprasādanam, anārthakam, asāram, kṛmijagdham, kāṣṭhakam   

kāṣṭhaviśeṣaḥ, sugandhikāṣṭhaviśeṣaḥ, āyurvede asya guṇāḥ tiktatvaṃ, lepe rūkṣatvam,vraṇakaphavāyuvāntimukharoganāsitvādi;

agurū pravaṇaṃ lohaṃ rājārhaṃ yogajam tathā vaṃśikaṃ kṛmijañcāpi kṛmijagdhamanāryakam।

kas

pragatiśīla, unnataśīla, vikāsaśīla, unnatiśīla, utthānaśīla, abhyutthāyī   

yaḥ unnatiṃ karoti।

bhāratadeśaḥ pragatiśīlaḥ deśaḥ।

kas

kṣubh, vikṣubh, saṃkṣubh, akasmāt kṣubh, ākasmikatrāsaṃ kṛ, bībhatsaṃ jan   

bhayopajanitaḥ kampanānukūlaḥ ākasmikaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kvacit rātrau duḥsvapnaṃ dṛṣṭvā bālāḥ kṣubhyanti।

kas

vikasita, unnata   

yasya vardhanaṃ jātaṃ vā unnatiḥ jātā।

amerikā vikasitaṃ rāṣṭram।

kas

dyutiḥ, ābhā, dīptiḥ, ratnadyutiḥ, ratnadīptiḥ, ratnaprabhā, ratnakiraṇaḥ, prakāśaḥ   

ratnasya śobhā prakāśaḥ ca।

saḥ cauraḥ tasya suvarṇakārasya āpaṇād prāptānām ratnānāṃ dyutiṃ dṛṣṭvā harṣabharitaḥ abhavat।

kas

śaṅkanīya, saṃśayastha, sandehāspada, saṃśayāspada, śaṅkāspada   

yasyopari sandehaḥ asti।

asya hatyāyāḥ śaṅkanīyaḥ vyaktiḥ harinārāyaṇaḥ asti।

kas

sāgaraḥ, samudraḥ, abdhiḥ, akūpāraḥ, pārāvāraḥ, saritpatiḥ, udanvān, udadhiḥ, sindhuḥ, sarasvān, sāgaraḥ, arṇavaḥ, ratnākaraḥ, jalanidhiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāmpatiḥ, mahākacchaḥ, nadīkāntaḥ, tarīyaḥ, dvīpavān, jalendraḥ, manthiraḥ, kṣauṇīprācīram, makarālayaḥ, saritāmpatiḥ, jaladhiḥ, nīranijhiḥ, ambudhiḥ, pāthondhiḥ, pādhodhiḥ, yādasāmpatiḥ, nadīnaḥ, indrajanakaḥ, timikoṣaḥ, vārāṃnidhiḥ, vārinidhiḥ, vārdhiḥ, vāridhiḥ, toyanidhiḥ, kīlāladhiḥ, dharaṇīpūraḥ, kṣīrābdhiḥ, dharaṇiplavaḥ, vāṅkaḥ, kacaṅgalaḥ, peruḥ, mitadruḥ, vāhinīpatiḥ, gaṅagādharaḥ, dāradaḥ, timiḥ, prāṇabhāsvān, urmimālī, mahāśayaḥ, ambhonidhiḥ, ambhodhiḥ, tariṣaḥ, kūlaṅkaṣaḥ, tāriṣaḥ, vārirāśiḥ, śailaśiviram, parākuvaḥ, tarantaḥ, mahīprācīram, sarinnāthaḥ, ambhorāśiḥ, dhunīnāthaḥ, nityaḥ, kandhiḥ, apānnāthaḥ   

bhūmeḥ paritaḥ lavaṇayuktā jalarāśiḥ।

sāgare mauktikāni santi।

kas

ārdrakam, śṛṅgaveram, aṅgalodmaḥ, gulmamūlam, apākaśākam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ saḥ kṣupaḥ yasya kaṭumūlaṃ bheṣajarūpeṇa upaskārarūpeṇa vā upayujyate।

ārdrakasya mūlaṃ śarīrāya atīva upayuktam।

kas

apuṣpita, avikasita, mukulita, aphulla, asphuṭa   

yaḥ puṣpitaḥ nāsti।

apuṣpitaṃ puṣpaṃ mā utpāṭaya।

kas

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

kas

unnatiḥ, pragatiḥ, vikāsaḥ, abhyudayaḥ, unnayanam   

vartamānāvasthāyāḥ apekṣayā unnatāvasthāṃ prati gamanam।

bhāratadeśasya unnatiṃ bhāratīyāḥ eva kurvanti।

kas

duḥkhada, duḥkhadāyin, duḥkhaprada, khedajanaka, kaṣṭadāyaka   

yaḥ duḥkhaṃ dadāti।

pitroḥ sevā na kariṣyasi eṣā duḥkhadā vārtā।

kas

aruṇaḥ, kāśyapiḥ, anūruḥ, sūrasūtaḥ, garuḍāgrajaḥ, ramaṇaḥ   

dharmagranthānusāreṇa ekā devatā yā sūryasya sārathiḥ āsīt।

aruṇaḥ kaśyapasya putraḥ āsīt।

kas

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, raktavarṇīyaḥ, raktavarṇīyā, raktavarṇīyam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

vastūnāṃ raktaguṇatvadyotanārthe upayujyamānaṃ viśeṣaṇam।

rakte guṇe tatvaṃ raktam iti ucyate।

kas

lākṣā, rākṣā, jatu, yāvaḥ, alaktaḥ, drumāmayaḥ, raṅgamātā, khadirikā, raktā, palaṅkaṣā, krimihā, drumavyādhiḥ, alaktakaḥ, palāśī, mudriṇī, dīptiḥ, jantukā, gandhamādinī, nīlā, dravarasā, pittāriḥ   

raktavarṇīyaḥ padārthaḥ yaḥ viśiṣṭe vṛkṣe raktavarṇīyābhiḥ kṛmibhiḥ nirmīyate।

duryodhanena pāṇḍavān hantuṃ lākṣāyāḥ gṛhaṃ nirmitam।

kas

paurāṇikasthānam   

tat sthānaṃ yasya varṇanaṃ dharmagrantheṣu prāpyate।

svargaḥ ekaṃ paurāṇikasthānam asti।

kas

amaravallī, amaravallarī, ākāśavallī   

vṛkṣādiṣu vartamānā latā yasya mūlaṃ tathā ca parṇāni na santi।

vane naikeṣu vṛkṣeṣu amaravallī vartate।

kas

avakāśānumatiḥ, virāmānumatiḥ   

virāmāya anumatiḥ।

gṛhaṃ gantuṃ bhavatā pañcadaśa dināt pūrvameva avakāśānumatiḥ grahītavyā।

kas

avakāśaḥ, anadhyāyaḥ   

viśiṣṭe dine niyamena kṛtaḥ virāmaḥ।

bhāratadeśasya śāsanena bhānuvāsare avakāśaḥ ghoṣitaḥ।

kas

uddīpaya, dīpaya, ādīpaya, anubhrāj, jvalaya, ujjvalaya, abhijvalaya, saṃjvalaya, sañjvalaya, udbhāsaya, ābhāsaya, avabhāsaya, dyotaya, nirbhāsaya, prabhāsaya, prarocaya, bhāsaya, bhrājaya, vidīpaya, vikāśaya, virocaya, abhikāś, abhivibhā, ātan   

prakāśanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

paṭhanasamaye saḥ vātapracālitaṃ dīpam ujjvalayati।

kas

asuraḥ, daityaḥ, daiteyaḥ, danujaḥ, indrāriḥ, dānavaḥ, śukraśiṣyaḥ, ditisutaḥ, pūrvadevaḥ, suradviṭ, devaripuḥ, devāriḥ, kauṇapaḥ, kravyāt, kravyādaḥ, asrapaḥ, āśaraḥ, rātriñcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, kavvūraḥ, nikaṣātmajaḥ, yātudhānaḥ, puṇyajanaḥ, nairṛtaḥ, yātuḥ, rakṣaḥ, sandhyābalaḥ, kṣapāṭaḥ, rajanīcaraḥ, kīlāpāḥ, nṛcakṣāḥ, naktañcaraḥ, palāśī, palāśaḥ, bhūtaḥ, nīlāmbaraḥ, kalmāṣaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, agiraḥ, kīlālapaḥ, naradhiṣmaṇaḥ, khacaraḥ   

dharmagranthaiḥ varṇitāḥ te jīvāḥ ye dharmavirodhinaḥ kāryān akarot tathā ca devānāṃ ṛṣīṇāṃ ca śatravaḥ āsan।

purākāle asūrāṇāṃ bhayena dharmakārye kāṭhīnyam abhavat।

kas

rāhuḥ, tamaḥ, svarbhānuḥ, saiṃhikeyaḥ, vidhuntudaḥ, asrapiśācaḥ, grahakallolaḥ, saiṃhikaḥ, upaplavaḥ, śīrṣakaḥ, uparāgaḥ, siṃhikāsūnuḥ, kṛṣṇavarṇaḥ, kabandhaḥ, aguḥ, asuraḥ   

śāstreṣu varṇitaḥ navagraheṣu ekaḥ grahaḥ।

bhavataḥ putrasya janmapatrikāyāṃ saptame sthāne rāhuḥ asti।

kas

ākāśadeśaḥ   

tat sthānaṃ yad anācchāditam asti।

prātaḥ ākāśadeśe aṭanaṃ svāsthyavardhakam asti।

kas

deśaniṣkāsanam   

deśāt niṣkāsanasya daṇḍaḥ।

briṭiśakāle svatantratāsenāninaṃ deśaniṣkāsanasya daṇḍaṃ datvā andamānaprānte apreṣayat।

kas

sāmājikasambandhaḥ   

jīveṣu mukhyatvena janasya janaiḥ saha sambandhaḥ।

sāmājikajīvarūpeṇa asmākaṃ sāmājikasambandhāḥ samyak bhavituṃ arhanti।

kas

kūpakaśikharaḥ   

kūpakasya uparī vartamānaḥ bhāgaḥ।

kūpakaśikhare raktaṃ vastraṃ nibaddham।

kas

kaṣṭamaya, kaṣṭapūrṇa   

yaḥ kaṣṭena paripūrṇaḥ।

prācīnakāle vidhavāyāḥ jīvanaṃ kaṣṭamayam āsīt।

kas

cātakaśiśuḥ   

cātakasya śiśuḥ।

cātakaḥ cātakaśiśum uḍḍayanaṃ pāṭhayati।

kas

hiraṇyakaśipuḥ   

daityarājaḥ yaḥ prahlādasya pitā āsīt।

hiraṇyakaśipuṃ hantuṃ bhagavān nṛsiṃharūpeṇa avatīrṇaḥ।

kas

kaṣāyā   

kaṇṭakayuktānāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

ākheṭakaṃ dṛṣṭvā varāhaḥ kāṣāyāyām agūhat।

kas

pākaśālā, rasavatī, pākasthānam, mahānasam   

randhanagṛham।

sītā pākaśālāyām bhojanasāmagrīṃ svasthāne sthāpayati।

kas

ḍī, praḍī, uḍḍī, khe visṛp, viyati visṛp, pat, utpat, protpat, samutpat, sampat, ākāśena gam, ākāśena yā   

ākāśamārgeṇa ekasthānāt anyasthānam utpatanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

vimānaḥ samudropari ḍayate adhunā।

kas

dyumat, dyutikar, dyutimat, dyotana, dyoti, dyotamāna, ujvala, kāntimat, kiraṇamaya, utprabha, ullasa, ullasita, prakāśavat, prakāśaka, prakāśamāna, prakāśat, prakāśin, citra, tejasvat, tejasvin, tejomaya, taijasa, añjimat, atiśukra, abhirucira, abhivirājita, abhiśobhita, abhīṣumat, amanda, avabhāsita, avabhāsin, ābhāsvara, ārocana, ābhāsura, iddha, utprabha, udīrṇadīdhiti, uddyota, uddyotita, kanakatālābha, kanakaprabha, kanala, kāśī, kāśīṣṇu, ketu, taijasa, dīdi, dīdivi, dīpta, dīptimat, dyotamāna, dhauta, punāna, prakhya, prabhāvat, bṛhajjyotis, bhāskara, bhāsura, bhāsvara, bhāsvat, bhāsayat, rukmābha, rucita, rucira, rucya, ruśat, roca, rocana, rocamāna, rociṣṇu, varcasvin, vidyotamāna, virukmat, vicakṣaṇa, virājamāna, śuklabhāsvara, śundhyu, śubhāna, śubhra, śubhri, śumbhamāna, śobha, śobhamāna, sutāra, suteja, sudīpta, sudyotman, supraketa, suprabha, suruk, suvibhāta, sphurat, hiraṇyanirṇij, hiraṇyanirṇig   

yasmin dīptiḥ asti athavā yasya varṇaḥ ābhāyuktaḥ asti।

prācyadeśāt āgatena tena dūtena tat dyumat ratnaṃ rājasabhāyāṃ rājñe samarpitam।

kas

vaitaraṇī, baitaranī, narakasthā   

hindūdharmagrantheṣu varṇitā yamadvārasya samīpasthā ekā nadī।

janāḥ manyante yad maraṇād anantaraṃ dharmāvalambinaṃ puruṣaṃ vaitaraṇīṃ pāraṃ kartuṃ kāpi bādhā na bhavati।

kas

kāśmīrin   

kaśmīrasambandhī।

tasya mastake kāśmirī śirastrāṇaṃ śobhate।

kas

campakaḥ, cāmpeyaḥ, hemapuṣpakaḥ, svarṇapuṣpaḥ, śītalachadaḥ, subhagaḥ, bhṛṅgamohī, śītalaḥ, bhramarātithiḥ, surabhiḥ, dīpapuṣpaḥ, sthiragandhaḥ, atigandhakaḥ, sthirapuṣpaḥ, hemapuṣpaḥ, pītapuṣpaḥ, hemāhvaḥ, sukumāraḥ, vanadīpaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi pītavarṇīyāni sugandhitāni ca santi।

tasya prāṅgaṇe campakaḥ kundam ityādīni santi।

kas

kitavaḥ, unmattaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, mahanaḥ, dhattūraḥ, śaṭhaḥ, mātulakaḥ, śyāmaḥ, śivaśekharaḥ, kharjjūghnaḥ, khalaḥ, kaṇṭaphalaḥ, mohanaḥ, mattaḥ, śaivaḥ, dhusturaḥ, dhutturaḥ, dhustūraḥ, purīmohaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ tat kṣupaṃ yasya bījāni viṣayuktāni santi।

śivāya kitavaḥ rocate।

kas

palāśaḥ, kiṃśukaḥ, parṇaḥ, vātapothaḥ, yājñikaḥ, triparṇaḥ, vakrapuṣpaḥ, pūtadruḥ, brahmavṛkṣakaḥ, brahmopanetā, kāṣṭhadruḥ, karakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi raktāni santi।

asmin udyāne naike palāśāḥ santi।

kas

kāśmirī   

kaśmīrarājyasya bhāṣā।

saḥ kāśmirīṃ jānāti।

kas

kaśmīrī   

kaśmīrarājyasya nivāsī।

adhunā sarve kaśmīriṇaḥ ātaṅkavādasya chāyāyāṃ jīvanti।

kas

kaliyugam, kaliḥ, kaleḥyugam, kaṣāyaḥ   

hindūnāṃ mate kālasya caturvibhāgeṣu antimaḥ kaliyugasaṃjñakaḥ sa ca dvāpāgayugād anantaraṃ 432000 varṣaparyantaḥ।

kaliyugasya lakṣaṇam dharmaḥ saṅkucitastapo virahitaṃ satyaṃ ca dūraṃ gatam lokā dharmahatā dvijāśca lubhitā nārīvaśā mānavāḥ।

kas

kaśmīrīkuṇḍalam   

sphaṭikayuktaṃ karṇakuṇḍalam।

tasya karṇe kaśmīrīkuṇḍale śobhete।

kas

duḥkhadāyaka, duḥkhaprada, kaṣṭaprada   

yaḥ pīḍāṃ dadāti।

vṛddhāvasthā duḥkhadāyakā asti।

kas

dārvāghāṭaḥ, dārvāghātaḥ, kāṣṭhakuṭṭaḥ, śatapatrakaḥ, śatacchadaḥ, bhadranāmā, kuṭhākuḥ, kuṭhāruḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kāṣṭham āhanti।

dārvāghāṭasya cañcuḥ dīrghā asti।

kas

nikaṣaḥ, śāṇaḥ, śānaḥ, kasaḥ, ākaṣaḥ, kaṣaḥ, nikasaḥ, hemalaḥ   

prastarabhedaḥ yena svarṇādīnāṃ guṇāḥ jñāyate;

svarṇakāraḥ nikaṣena suvarṇaparīkṣā karoti

kas

stambakarikāṣṭham   

tṛṇadhānyādeḥ prāyaḥ stambakareḥ śuṣkadaṇḍaḥ।

sā jvalanārthe stambakarikāṣṭham upayujyate।

kas

kāṣṭham, dāruḥ, idhmaḥ   

vṛkṣasya śuṣkāḥ avayavāḥ।

adhunā kāṣṭhasya upayogaḥ prāyaḥ darśanīye vastunirmāṇe eva kriyate।

kas

nadī, sarit, taraṅgiṇī, śaivalinī, taṭinī, dhunī, srotasvatī, dvīpavatī, sravantī, nimnagā, āpagā, srotasvinī, srotovahā, sāgaragāminī, apagā, nirjhariṇī, sarasvatī, samudragā, kūlaṅkaṣā, kūlavatī, śaivālinī, samudrakāntā, sāgaragā, rodhovatī, vāhinī   

jalasya saḥ pravāhaḥ yaḥ parvatāt ārabhya viśiṣṭamārgeṇa sāgaraṃ prati gacchati।

parvatapradeśe pāṣāṇasikatādiṣu nadī mārgam ākramati ।/ pāṇineḥ na nadī gaṅgā yamunā na nadī sthalī।

kas

jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet।

priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।

kas

matkuṇaḥ, uddāṃśaḥ, raktapāyī, raktāṅgaḥ, mañcakāśrayaḥ   

kīcaviśeṣaḥ maccāsau kuṇaśaceti।

matkuṇāviva purā pariplavau sindhunāthaśayanā niṣeduṣaḥ gacchataḥ sma madhukaiṭabhau vibhoryasya naidrasukhavighnatāṃ kṣaṇam ।

kas

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ tat phalam yad gurutaram madhuram tathā ca puṣṭam।

saḥ kadalīm atti।

kas

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya parṇāni dīrghāṇi tathā ca phalaṃ gurutaraṃ madhuraṃ puṣṭam asti।

tasya prāṅgaṇe kadalī asti।

kas

agnisikhaḥ, agnisekharaḥ, ambaram, asṛk, kanakagauram, kaśmīrajanma, kāntam, kāveram, kāśmīram, kāśmīrajanmā, kāśmīrasambhavam, kucandanam, kusumātmaka, kesaravaram, goravaḥ, gauram, ghasram, ghusṛṇam, ghoraḥ, javā, jāguḍam, dīpakaḥ, dīpakam, nakulī, pāṭalam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, piśunam, pītakāveram, pītacandanam, pītikā, pītakam, pītanam, puṣparajaḥ, priyaṅgum, bālhikam, bāhlika, raktam, raktacandanam, raktasaṃjñam, raktāṅgam, rañjanaḥ, rudhiram, rohitam, lohitacandanam, vareṇyam, varṇam, varṇyam, vahniśikham, vahniśekharam, veram, śaṭham, śoṇitam, saṃkocam, saṃkocapiśunam, surārham, sūryasaṃjñam, saurabham, haricandanam   

puṣpe vartamānaḥ strīliṅgī avayavaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ keśa sadṛśaḥ asti।

agnisikhaḥ kṣapasya jananāṅgena sambadhitaḥ asti।

kas

ekacaraḥ, khaḍgaḥ, khaḍgī, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍakaḥ, gaṇḍāṅgaḥ, vanotsāhaḥ, taitilaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ yasya tvak mṛdu nāsti।

ekacarasya nāsikāyāṃ śṛṅgaḥ asti।

kas

kaṣāyā   

kaṇṭakayuktānāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

kṛṣikṣetre kaṣāyāḥ vardhitāḥ।

kas

kasanaḥ   

vamathoḥ vyādhiḥ।

saḥ kasanena grastaḥ asti।

kas

vikas, prabudh   

puṣparupeṇa vikasanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

sūryasya kiraṇaiḥ naikāni puṣpāṇi vikasanti sma।

kas

āvirbhū, prādurbhū, udbhā, udbhid, prakāś, pratyakṣībhū, laj   

prakaṭanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

naṭaḥ mañce āvirbhavati।

kas

līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā   

sukhena yat kartum śakyate।

śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।

kas

kaśmīraḥ, jammū-kaśmīraḥ   

bhāratadeśasya uttaradiśi vartamānaḥ pradeśaḥ yaḥ prākṛtikasundaratāyāḥ kṛte khyātaḥ।

kaśmīraḥ bhāratasya avibhājyam aṅgam asti।

kas

karkaśā, kuśīlā, vāmaśīlā, vakraśīlā, duḥśīlā, ugraśīlā   

mūṣakajātīyaḥ jantuḥ।

karkaśā mṛdānirmitagṛhe itastataḥ bhrāmyantī dṛśyate।

kas

mandākinī, ākāśagaṅgā, svarganadī, nabhonadī, divyasaritā, suranadī, viyadgaṅgā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, svarṇapadmā, sureśvarī   

svarge vartamānā gaṅgāyāḥ dhārā।

pūrvajān trātuṃ bhagīrathena tapasyāṃ kṛtvā mandākinī pṛthivyām ānītā।

kas

jalaniṣkāsanam   

jalasya niṣkāsanasya kriyā।

stroteṣu avaruddhena avakareṇa jalaniṣkāsane bādhā utpadyate।

kas

pustakaśālā   

tat sthānaṃ yatra pustakāni vikrīyante।

asmākaṃ vidyālayasya samīpe ekā bṛhatī pustakaśālā asti।

kas

nāgakesaraḥ, nāgakeśaraḥ, nāgakeśasara, nāgakiñjalkam, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya śuṣkāṇi phalāni bheṣajarañjakavyañjanādirūpeṇa upayujyante।

grīṣme nāgakesare śvetapuṣpāṇi vikasanti।

kas

prakāś, dyut, vidyut, dīp, bhā, vibhā, bhās, rāj, las, vilas, vibhās, śubh, vidīp, bhrāj, bhrāś, bhlāś, vibhrāj, abhivirāj, pratap, cakās, viśubh, vyatibhā, śuc   

kāntyā prakāśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasyāḥ mukhaṃ tejasā prakāśate।

kas

cakās, śubh, ruc   

prakāśanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

ratnajaḍitāni ābhūṣaṇāni cakāsanti।

kas

kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyapeyam, cahā, cāyaḥ   

cāyaḥ cahā evaṃvidhaiḥ śabdaiḥ bhāratīyabhāṣāsu prasiddhasya kṣupasya śuṣkaparṇānāṃ cūrṇam uṣṇajale abhipacya tasmin drave śarkarādugdhādīn saṃmiśrya nirmitam uṣṇapeyam।

madhumehasya rogī śarkarāṃ vinā kaṣāyaṃ pibati।

kas

śākavīraḥ, śākaśreṣṭhaḥ   

śākaprakāraḥ।

sā śākavīraṃ pacati।

kas

vātāyanakāṣṭham   

kāṣṭhadaṇḍānāṃ catuṣkoṇātmakaṃ sthāpatyaṃ yasmin dvārasya vātāyanasya vā kavāṭāni avasthāpyante।

takṣakaḥ vātāyanakāṣṭhe araram avasthāpayati।

kas

karkaśā   

prasphoṭaprakāraḥ।

karkaśāyāḥ prajvalane sāvadhānatāyāḥ āvaśyakatā asti।

kas

yamunā, yamunānadī, kālindī, sūryatanayā, śamanasvasā, tapanatanūjā, kalindakanyā, yamasvasā, śyāmā, tāpī, kalindalandinī, yamanī, yamī, kalindaśailajā, sūryasutā, tapanatanayā, aruṇātmajā, dineśātmajā, bhānujā, ravijā, bhānusutā, sūryasutā, sūryajā, yamānujā, arkatanayā, arkasutā, arkajā   

bhāratīyanadīviśeṣaḥ sā tu himālayadakṣiṇadeśād nirgatya prayāge gaṅgāyāṃ miśritā।

sarnāṇi hṛdayāsthāni maṅgalāni śubhāni ca। dadāti cepsitān loke tena sā sarvamaṅgalā॥ saṅgamād gamanād gaṅgā loke devī vibhāvyate। yamasya bhaginī jātā yamunā tena sā matā॥

kas

dīrghāvakāśaḥ   

dīrghakālaṃ yāvat svīkṛtaḥ avakāśaḥ।

dineśena asvāsthyāt dīrghāvakāśaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

kas

bhāṣā, bhāṣaṇam, vāk, vāṇī, vācā, goḥ, girā, uktiḥ, vākśaktiḥ, vadantiḥ, nigadaḥ, nigādaḥ, vyāhāraḥ, vyāhṛtiḥ, vacanam, vādaḥ, tāpaḥ, abhilāpaḥ, lapitam, lapanam, bhaṇitiḥ, bhāratī, sarasvatī, rādhanā, kāsūḥ   

mukhanirgataḥ sārthakaḥ dhvanisamūhaḥ।

bhāṣā samparkasya mādhyamam ।

kas

hradaḥ, saras, jalāśayaḥ, jalādhāraḥ, sarovaraḥ, sarovaram, sarasī, taḍāgaḥ, kāsāraḥ, khātam, akhātam   

jalasya āśayaḥ viśiṣya prākṛtikaḥ।

saḥ hrade snānaṃ karoti।

kas

kṛṣ, bhiṭ, vidṛ, halaṃ vāhaya, halaṃ cālaya, utkaṣ   

halena vā lāṅgalena kṣetrasya vilekhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ kṣetraṃ karṣati।

kas

niṣkāsaya, utsāraya, niḥsāraya, niras, nirdhū, niryāpaya, nirvad, nirvāsaya, uccāṭaya, samutpāṭaya, samudīraya, cālaya, samudvāsaya, avarudh, udākṛ, utkālaya, uddhū, tyājaya, nāśaya, vipravāsaya, vivāsaya, samākṣip, vyaparopaya, vyas, saṃcālaya, sañcālaya, nirvivah, nirhan, nirhṛ, dālaya, nistyaj, udas, utkliś, apacyu, avahan, aparudh, udaj, udvas, ji, niṣkṛ, parinirhan, parivṛj, prāmarjaya, vitathīkṛ, viropaya   

balāt sthānatyāgapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rājīvaḥ dvāri tiṣṭhantaṃ śvānaṃ nirakāsayat।

kas

mastiṣkam, gorddam, godam, mastakasnehaḥ, mastuluṅgakaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, mastakasthaghṛtākārasnehaḥ।

mastiṣkasya racanā jaṭilā asti। / yakṣmaṃ śīrṣaṇyaṃ mastiṣkāt jihvāyā vivṛhāmi te।

kas

prakāśa-upakaraṇam   

tad upakaraṇaṃ yad prakāśaṃ yacchati।

dīpakaḥ pracchannadīpaḥ ityādīni prakāśa-upakaraṇāni santi।

kas

śuṣkakāsaḥ   

śuṣkasya kāsasya prakāraḥ।

nityena bheṣajenāpi śuṣkakāsaḥ na nirvartate।

kas

prakāśanam   

kasyāpi kṛtyāḥ prakāśanasya kāryam।

asyāḥ patrikāyāḥ prakāśanam adhunā eva jātam।

kas

vikāsaḥ   

kalikāyāḥ puṣpībhavanasya kriyā।

atyādhikāt śītatvāt kalikāyāḥ vikāsaḥ avaruddhaḥ।

kas

tarkaśāstram   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin tarkaviṣayakāṇāṃ matāmatānām tathā ca uktānukta-duruktānāṃ siddhāntānāṃ cintanaṃ kriyate।

saḥ tarkaśāstrasya adhyayanaṃ karoti।

kas

hiṇḍiraḥ, vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalā   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ phalāni śākarūpeṇa upayujyante।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre hiṇḍiraṃ ropayati।

kas

lokasabhā   

prajābhiḥ nirvācitānāṃ pratinidhīnāṃ sabhā yā vidhānādīn racayati।

lokasabhāyāḥ pratinidhīnāṃ nirvācanaṃ janatā karoti।

kas

vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalam   

phalaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śākārthe upayujyate।

mātā śākārthe vārtākīm utkṛntati।

kas

komalam, kauśikam, kauśeyakam, bādaram, vārdaram, kīṭajam, kāśiḥ   

paṭṭasūtrāt jātaṃ vastram।

komalam vastraṃ dhṛtavatiḥ nartikā nṛtyati।

kas

naukāśrayaḥ, kṣayaṇaḥ   

samudrasya taṭe vartamānaḥ naukāyāḥ āśrayasthānam ।

naikāḥ naukāḥ naukāśraye sthitāḥ।

kas

lakucaḥ, likucaḥ, ḍahuḥ, lakacaḥ, śālaḥ, kaṣāyī, dṛḍhavalkalaḥ, kārśyaḥ, śūraḥ, sthūlakandhaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya arūpi ca madhuraṃ ca phalaṃ khāditum arhati।

markaṭaḥ lakuce upaviśati।

kas

takṣakaḥ, takṣā, sūtradhāraḥ, tvaṣṭā, kāṣṭhatakṣakaḥ, taṣṭā, sthapatiḥ   

yaḥ kāṣṭhāt naikāni vastūni nirmāti।

kuśalena takṣakeṇa etad dvāraṃ nirmitam।

kas

naikadhā, naikavāram, naikaśaḥ, bahuśaḥ, bahudhā, anekadhā, anekaśaḥ, subahudhā, anekavāram   

ekāt adhikavāram।

svaireṇa ācaraṇena saḥ naikadhā atāḍyata janaiḥ।

kas

prāyaḥ, bahulam, vāraṃ vāram, punaḥ punaḥ, muhurmuhuḥ, anekadā, anekavāram, bahu, bahuvāram, bhūrī, bhṛśam, bahuśaḥ, anekaśaḥ, bahukṛtvaḥ, anekakṛtvaḥ, bahuvelam, muhuḥ   

ekādhikeṣu avasareṣu।

kāśmīraḥ kālaḥ prāyaḥ śītaramyaḥ eva asti।

kas

vṛścikālī, vṛścipatrī, viṣaghnī, nāgadantikā, sarpadaṃśaṣṭrā, amarā, kālī, uṣṭradhūsarapucchikā, viṣāṇī, netrarogahā, uṣṭrikā, aliparṇī, dakṣiṇāvartakī, kālikā, āgamāvartā, devalāṅgūlikā, karabhī, bhūrīdugdhā, karkaśā, svarṇadā, yugmaphalā, kṣīraviṣāṇikā, bhāsurapuṣpā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ, yasya tīkṣṇapatrāṇāṃ daṃśaḥ vṛścikavat dāhakaḥ asti (āyurvede asya hṛdraktaśuddhikārīkatvaṃ raktapittavibandhārocakāpahatvam ityādi guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

atra vṛścikālī samudbhūtā/

vṛścikālī viṣaghnī tu kāsamārutanāśinī [rājavallabhaḥ]

kas

vivṛ, vyākhyā, vyācakṣ, nirūpaya, dyotaya, vyaṃj, vyañj, vyaṃjaya, vyañjaya, sphuṭīkṛ, viśadīkṛ, vyākṛ, pravac, prakāśaya, spaṣṭīkṛ   

kasyacana viṣayasya avabodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adhyāpakaḥ bālakaṃ gaṇitam jñāpayati

kas

kāṣṭhabhājanam   

kāṣṭhena nirmitaṃ bṛhat tathā ca pṛthu pātram।

saḥ piṣṭaṃ saṃprakleṣṭuṃ kāṣṭhabhājanaṃ kṣālayati।

kas

makṣikā, makṣikaḥ, palaṅkaṣā, mākṣakā, bambharāliḥ, vamanīyā, admasad   

uḍḍayane samarthaḥ ekaḥ laghuḥ kīṭaḥ yaḥ prāyaḥ sarvatra bhavati।

svacchatāyāḥ abhāvāt gṛhe makṣikāḥ ḍayante।

kas

ārthikasahāyatā, vittīyasahāyatā   

arthasambandhī sahāyatā।

śreṣṭhinaḥ asya vidyālayasya kṛte ārthikasahāyatāyāḥ ghoṣaṇā kṛtā।

kas

madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā   

mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante।

saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।

kas

kaṇṭakakaṣāyā   

kaṇṭakayuktānāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ samuhaḥ।

śramikāḥ samasthalāt kaṇṭakakaṣāyāḥ apākurvanti।

kas

vikasita   

yasya vikāsaḥ jātaḥ।

vikasitaṃ kamalaṃ taḍāgasya śobhāṃ vardhayati।

kas

paitṛkasampatti   

dāyādaiḥ prāptā sampattiḥ। etad bhavanaṃ rohitaḥ paitṛkasampattyāṃ prāptavān।

kas

saṃsad, lokasabhā   

rājakīyeṣu athavā śāsakīyeṣu kāryeṣu sahāyatāṃ kartuṃ tathā ca deśahitāya nūtanānāṃ vidhānānāṃ nirmāṇaṃ kartuṃ prajādvārā niyuktānāṃ pratinidhīnāṃ sabhā।

saṃsadi śītakālīnaṃ satram ārabdham।

kas

pathikāśramaḥ, maṭhaḥ, uttaraṇasthānam, pānthaśālā   

yātrikāṇāṃ nivāsasya sthānam।

kedāranāthasya yātrāyāṃ asmābhiḥ ekasmin pathikāśrame viśrāmaḥ kṛtaḥ।

kas

pīnasaḥ, pratiśyāyaḥ, kāśaḥ, kaphaḥ, śleṣman   

nāsikārogaviśeṣaḥ।

tena pīnasasya bheṣajaṃ krītam/svaravarṇaviśuddhiśca pakvapīnasalakṣaṇam

[śa.ka]

kas

pracchannadīpaḥ, gūḍhadīpaḥ, āvṛttadīpikā, kośasthadīpaḥ, ākāśadīpaḥ, ākāśapradīpaḥ   

upakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ dīpaḥ yasyopari kācabhājanaṃ asti tathā ca yasya nimnabhāge tailapātram asti।

rāmaḥ dīpam avajyotya adhyayanārthe samupaviṣṭaḥ।

kas

apanī, pratisāraya, apasāraya, niḥsāraya, niṣkāsaya   

kenāpi upāyena anyaṃ dūraṃ nirgamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhāratīyāḥ vīrāḥ śatrūn apānayanta।

kas

kuberaḥ, yakṣarāṭ, yakṣendraḥ, yakṣeśvaraḥ, tryambakasakhā, guhyakeśvaraḥ, manuṣyadharmā, dhanadaḥ, dhanādhipaḥ, kinnareśaḥ, vaiśravaṇaḥ, paulastyaḥ, naravāhanaḥ, ekapiṅgaḥ, aiḍaviḍaḥ, śrīdaḥ, puṇyajaneśvaraḥ   

yakṣānāṃ rājā yaḥ indrasya kośādhyakṣaḥ asti।

kuberaḥ rāvaṇasya bhrātā āsīt।

kas

mūrcchā, mūrcchanam, kaśmalam   

rogabhayaśokādīnāṃ kāraṇāt utpannā sā avasthā yasyāṃ manuṣyaḥ naṣṭacetanaḥ bhavati।

mātulasya mṛtyoḥ vārtāṃ śrutvā mātulānī mūrcchām aprāpnot।

kas

prakāśagṛham   

unnataṃ bhavanaṃ prāyaḥ sāgare vartamānaṃ yasmāt āgataḥ prakharaḥ prakāśaḥ sudūraṃ gacchati।

prakāśagṛhaṃ sāgare nauyānān mārgadarśanaṃ karoti।

kas

ākāśavāṇī, daivavāṇī, devavāṇī   

yā vāṇī īśvareṇa ākāśāt śrāvitā asti iti manyate।

ākāśavāṇī sarvadā satyā eva bhavati।

kas

ākāśavāṇī   

ekaṃ khyātaṃ vidyudyantraṃ yena tantrīṃ vināpi anyasmāt sthānāt vārtādayaḥ śrotuṃ śakyante।

śyāmaḥ ākāśavāṇyāṃ gītaṃ śṛṇoti।

kas

ākāśagamanam   

vāyuyānena kriyamāṇā yātrā।

tena idānīṃ paryantam ākāśagamanasya avasaraḥ na prāptaḥ।

kas

kākaśabdaḥ   

kākasya dhvaniḥ।

kākaḥ śākhāyām upaviśya kākaśabdaṃ karoti।

kas

klāntiḥ, śrāntiḥ, klamaḥ, āyāsaḥ, pariśramaḥ, tandrā, pariśrāntiḥ, glāniḥ, parikleśaḥ, avasādaḥ, klamathaḥ, liḥ, kaṣṭam   

śrāntasya avasthā।

kṛṣakaḥ vṛkṣasya chāyāyāṃ klāntim apanayati।

kas

kaṣā, kaśā, carmayaṣṭiḥ, pratiṣkaṣaḥ, bhīmā   

aśvādeḥ tāḍanī।

bhoḥ aśvarakṣakaḥ kimarthaṃ kaṣayā aśvaṃ tāḍayasi।

kas

klībaḥ, tṛtīyaprakṛtiḥ, apuṃs, uḍumbaraḥ, tūbarakaḥ, pṛṣṭhaśṛṅgī, varṣavaraḥ, paṇḍraḥ, muṣkaśūnyaḥ, paṇḍrakaḥ, strīsvabhāvaḥ, vṛṣāṅkaḥ, dharṣavaraḥ, ṣaṇḍhaḥ, dharṣaḥ, vadhrikā, akṣataḥ, akṣatam, prakṛtiḥ   

saḥ janaḥ yaḥ na strī na ca pumān।

adyatanakāle klībāḥ api rājanītau bhāgaṃ gṛhṇanti।

kas

kaṣāyaḥ   

bheṣajāni jale kvathitvā prāptaḥ rasaḥ।

kaphasya nāśārthe kaṣāyo upayuktaḥ।

kas

ṭaṅkaśālā, mudrāṅkanaśālā, bhaurikī   

yatra nāṇakanirmāṇaṃ kriyate।

rāmasya pitā ṭaṅkaśālāyāṃ kāryaṃ karoti।

kas

dantakāṣṭham   

kecit vṛkṣasya kāṣṭhaṃ yad dantaśuddhyarthe upayujyate।

nimbavarvūrādīnāṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ dantānāṃ kṛte atīva upayuktam asti।

kas

devadāru, śakrapādapaḥ, paribhadrakaḥ, bhadradāru, drukilimam, pītudāru, dāru, dārukam, snigdhadāru, amaradāru, śivadāru, śāmbhavam, bhūtahāri, bhavadāru, bhadravat, indradāru, mastadāru, surabhūruhaḥ, surāvham, devakāṣṭham   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- yasmāt tailaṃ prāpyate।

devadāruṇaḥ kāṣṭham dṛḍham asti।

kas

niṣkāsanam   

tat adhikārapatraṃ yasyānusāreṇa ko'pi kasmād api sthānāt bahirgantuṃ śakyate।

anyasmin deśe vastūnāṃ preṣaṇārthe ahaṃ niṣkāsanaṃ prāptavān।

kas

tṛṇam, abdaḥ, kacchāntaruhā, kāśakaḥ, kutapaḥ, kuśaḥ, kaivartī, kheṭam   

kṛṣyām dhānyakṣupaiḥ saha anuruhāḥ kṣudrakṣupāḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣīkṣetrāt tṛṇam utpāṭayati।

kas

svastikāsanam   

yogāṅgāsanaviśeṣaḥ yatra jānunoḥ antare ubhe pādatale samyak kṛtvā upaviśyate।

saḥ svastikāsane upaviśati।

kas

prakāśita   

yasya prakāśanaṃ jātam।

śrīvāstavamahodayena svasya nūtanaṃ prakāśitaṃ pustakaṃ mahyaṃ dattam।

kas

bhūbhautikaśāstram   

tad śāstraṃ yasmin bhautikaśāstrāṇāṃ siddhāntānām upayogaṃ kṛtvā pṛthivyāḥ guṇadharmādīnām adhyayanaṃ kriyate।

tasmai bhūbhautikaśāstram atīva rocate।

kas

ākāśagaṅgā, viyadgaṅgā   

gagane vartamānaḥ tārakāṇāṃ vistṛtaḥ samūhaḥ।

vayaṃ tārāgṛhe ākāśagaṅgāyāḥ manoharaṃ dṛśyam apaśyam।

kas

mañjiṣṭhā, vikasā, jiṅgī, samaṅgā, kālameṣikā, maṇḍūkaparṇī, bhaṇḍīrī, bhaṇḍī, yojanavallī, kālameṣī, kālī, jiṅgiḥ, bhaṇḍirī, bhaṇḍiḥ, hariṇī, raktā, gaurī, yojanāvallikā, vaprā, rohiṇī, citralatā, citrā, citrāṅgī, jananī, vijayā, mañjūṣā, raktayaṣṭikā, kṣatriṇī, rāgāḍhyā, kālabhāṇḍikā, aruṇā, jvarahantrī, chatrā, nāgakumārikā, bhaṇḍīralatikā, rāgāṅgī, vastrabhūṣaṇā   

latāprakāraḥ yasyāḥ puṣpāṇi pītāni tathā ca laghūni santi।

mañjiṣṭhāyāḥ daṇḍāt tathā ca sūlāt raktaḥ varṇaḥ prāpyate।

kas

ghṛṣ, avaghṛṣ, abhivimṛj, avamṛj, kaṣ, ākṣṇu   

ekasya vastunaḥ anyena vastunā saha mardanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

muniḥ candanaṃ gharṣati।

kas

vāsantikasasyam   

vasante lūyamānaṃ dhānyam।

godhūmādīni vāsantikasasyāni santi।

kas

lokasevā, janasevā   

janānāṃ hitāya sevārūpeṇa kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

madaraṭeresāmahodayayā ājīvanaṃ lokasevā kṛtā।

kas

lokasevā, janasevā   

sā vṛttiḥ saḥ udyogaḥ vā yaḥ janānāṃ hitāya bhavati।

ārakṣakāḥ nyāyādhīśāḥ ca lokasevāyai niyujyante।

kas

lokasevā-āyogaḥ   

rājyena niyuktānāṃ janānāṃ nirmitā ekā samitiḥ yā lokasevayā sambaddheṣu padeṣu samarthān janān niyojayati।

lokasevā-āyogaḥ janānāṃ lokasevāyāḥ padeṣu niyojanāt pūrvaṃ teṣāṃ likhitā maukhikī ca parīkṣā svīkaroti।

kas

śulkasthānam   

tat sthānaṃ yatra bahiḥ āgateṣu vastuṣu śulkaṃ grahītuṃ kecana janāḥ vasanti।

mayā śulkasthāne dviśatakāni rupyakāṇi śulkaṃ dattam।

kas

jala-niṣkāsanam   

jalasya niṣkāsanam।

jala-niṣkāsanasya ucitā vyavasthā nāsti ataḥ asvacchaṃ jalaṃ mārge pravahati।

kas

udvikāsaḥ, saṃcaraḥ, pariṇāmaḥ   

kramaśaḥ pūrṇāvasthāyāḥ prāptiḥ।

vānarasya udvikāsaḥ manuṣye jātaḥ।

kas

audyogikaśikṣā   

udyogasambandhinī śikṣā।

vṛttihīnatāṃ dūrīkartuṃ janeṣu audyogikaśikṣāyāḥ prasāraḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

kas

kāsaḥ   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ yena rajvādayaḥ nirmīyante।

saḥ piṭakādi nirmātuṃ kāsaṃ lunāti।

kas

jalanālikāśilpī   

yaḥ jalamocikāsambandhi kāryaṃ karoti।

jalanālikāśilpī mandirasya samīpe kāryaṃ karoti।

kas

ṛṇātmakasaṅkhyā   

gaṇite śūnyāt nyūnā saṅkhyā।

ṛṇapañca iti ekā ṛṇātmakasaṅkhyā asti।

kas

dhanātmakasaṅkhyā   

gaṇite śūnyāt adhikā saṅkhyā।

450 iti ekā dhanātmakasaṅkhyā vartate।

kas

niḥśulkaśikṣā   

sā śikṣā yā śulkarahitā vartate।

sarvān śikṣayituṃ niḥśulkaśikṣāyāḥ āvaśyakatā asti।

kas

vṛkkaśroṇiḥ   

mūtranalikāyāḥ upari vartamānaḥ bhāgaḥ।

vṛkkaśroṇau mūtrasya mārjanaṃ bhavati।

kas

vikas, phull, sphuṭ   

nūtanapallavavikasanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vasantasamaye prāpte sarve vṛkṣāḥ vikasanti।

kas

prakāśanam   

tad pustakam athavā sā patrikā yā prakāśyate।

asmākaṃ mudraṇālayāt jātānāṃ nūtanānāṃ prakāśananāṃ iyaṃ sūciḥ asti।

kas

kāśī, vārāṇasī, muktikṣetram   

uttarapradeśe vartamānaṃ nagaraṃ yad vikhyātaṃ tīrthasthalam asti।

vārāṇasī gaṅgātaṭe asti।

kas

prakāśanam   

pustakasya prakāśitayaḥ āvṛttayaḥ।

pratidinaṃ vartamānapatrāṇāṃ naikāni prakāśanāni vikrīyante।

kas

nis+kas   

pṛṣṭhabhāge lagnasya āvaraṇasya vilagīkaraṇānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

mātā pātratalalagnam odanāṃśaṃ niṣkāsyati।

kas

bhūyo bhūyaḥ, vāraṃ vāraṃ, punaḥ punaḥ, muhurmuhuḥ, abhīkṣṇaṃ, asakṛt, bahuśaḥ, anekaśaḥ   

naikavāram।

ruṣṭaḥ bālakaḥ bhūyo bhūyaḥ āhūtaḥ api na āgacchat।

kas

prakāś, pradyut, dyut   

andhaḥkāranāśānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sūryakiraṇeṣu āgateṣu pṛthivī prakāśate।

kas

kaṇḍūya, kaṣ   

śarīre vā kasmin api aṅge kharjūtpannānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

dinadvayaparyantaṃ snānābhāvāt mama śarīraṃ kaṇḍūyate।

kas

prakāśita, dīptimat, pradīpta, ujvalita   

yad prakāśyate।

sūryakiraṇaiḥ prakāśite śaśini taigmyaṃ nāsti।

kas

ḍāya, praḍāya, uḍḍāya, khe visarpaya, viyati visarpaya, pātaya, utpātaya, protpātaya, samutpātaya, sampātaya, ākāśena gamaya, ākāśena yāpaya   

ākāśamārgeṇa ekasmāt sthānāt anyasthānasaṃyogāya utpatanapreraṇānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

vaimānikaḥ vimānaṃ ḍāyayati।

kas

daṃś, khard vṛścikasya madhumakṣiṇāṃ vā dantaiḥ kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat.   

vṛścikasya madhumakṣikāyāḥ viṣayuktaiḥ daṃṣṭraiḥ tuditvā viṣasya praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat।

kas

nabhacara, nabhagāmin, ākāśacārin, ākāśagāmin   

yaḥ ākāśamārgeṇa gacchati।

khagāḥ nabhacarāḥ santi।

kas

vilīna, antarita, kīrṇa, antargata, upagupta, aprakāśa, gupta, vṛta, nigūḍha, catta, apīcya, antarlīna, guhya, upacchanna   

yaḥ adṛśyaḥ asti।

vaijñānikāḥ jale vilīnaṃ tatvaṃ pariśodhayanti।

kas

vṛdh, saṃvṛdh, edh, sphuṭ, vikas, phull, udbhidya, ruh, ṛdh, puṣ, upacīya, sphāy, pyai   

avayavopacayanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

samyak rakṣaṇena kṣupāḥ śīghraṃ vardhante।

kas

vivṛ, prakāśaya, vyañjaya, prakaṭīkṛ, spaṣṭīkṛ, bhid, bhedaya   

pūrvam ajñātasya jñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pratidinaṃ samācārapatrāṇi netṝṇāṃ nūtanāni kāryāṇi vivṛṇvanti।

kas

prakāśaya, bhid, udghāṭaya, nirī, aporṇu   

guptasya vṛttasya vā rahasyasya vā aviṣkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya premavivāhasya rahasyaṃ prākāśayat।

kas

palaṅkaṣaḥ   

kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya niryāsaḥ sugandhārthe prajvālyate।

palaṅkaṣasya niryāsaḥ bahūpayogī asti।

kas

prakāśya, prakāśanīya   

prakāśitum arhaḥ।

tasya tisraḥ prakāśyāḥ racanāḥ mudraṇālaye santi।

kas

prakāś, prakāśyatāṃ nī   

pustakādīnāṃ mudraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasya kāvyasya nūtanaṃ pustakaṃ prakāśati।

kas

vikas, sphuṭ, phull, udbhidya   

bhūmim udbhidya vardhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṛṣisthalīṣu nūtanāḥ kṣupāḥ vikasanti।

kas

avistṛtiḥ, alpavistāraḥ, alpāvakāśaḥ, mitatā   

saṃkṣiptasya avasthā।

mārgasya avistṛteḥ kāraṇāt gamanāgamane vyavadhānam utpadyate।

kas

kimartham, kasmāt kāraṇāt, kena kāraṇena, kiṃ prayojanena   

kena hetunā।

kimarthaṃ mayā bhavadbhyaḥ kathanīyam kutra gacchāmi aham iti।

kas

kaṇḍūrā, ātmaguptā, jahā, avyaṇḍā, prāvṛṣāyaṇī, ṛṣyaproktā, śūkaśimbiḥ, kapikacchuḥ, markaṭī, ajahā, śūkaśimbī, śūkaśimbā, ṛṣabhaḥ, svaguptā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yasya bījaguptiḥ śimbīsadṛśā asti।

śukaśimbā bahu vardhitā।

kas

śukaśimbā   

śimbīsadṛśā ekā bījaguptiḥ।

śukaśimbāyāḥ sparśanāt kaṇḍuḥ udbhavati।

kas

niṣkāsaya, bahiṣkṛ, apākṛ, nirākṛ, niḥsāraya, apadhvaṃsaya, nirdhū   

apasaraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ madyapaṃ svabhrātaraṃ gṛhāt nirakāsayat।

kas

prakāś   

anyeṣāṃ jñānāya upayogāya vā prasāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sarvakāraḥ nūtanaṃ patramudrāṃ prakāśati।

kas

vikāsaḥ, pravṛddhiḥ, vṛddhiḥ   

vardhanasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

janmanaḥ prabhṛti vayasaḥ pañcavarṣāṇi yāvat bālakānāṃ śārīrikaḥ mānasikaḥ ca vikāsaḥ adhikatamaḥ bhavati।

kas

grāhakaśulkam   

keṣāṃcana patrapustakādīnāṃ vārṣikaṃ māsikaṃ vā mūlyam।

mayā kādambinī ityasya grāhakaśulkam adya yāvat na dattam।

kas

parākāṣṭhā, caramasīmā, caramabinduḥ, caramāvasthā   

yā antimā sīmā yāvat na ko'pi gacchati।

eṣā asabhyatāyāḥ parākāṣṭhā asti।

kas

prakāśaka   

yaḥ prakāśaṃ yacchati।

sūryacandradīpādayaḥ prakāśakāni vastūni santi।

kas

prakāśakaḥ   

yaḥ granthādīn mudritvā vikrīṇāti।

asya pustakasya prakāśakaḥ kaḥ।

kas

bakāsuraḥ   

asuraviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kṛṣṇena ghātitaḥ।

bakāsuraḥ putanāyāḥ bhrātā āsīt।

kas

tārakāsuraḥ, tārakaḥ   

asuraviśeṣaḥ yaḥ skandhena hataḥ।

tārakāsurāt bhītvā indrādayaḥ nigūḍhāḥ।

kas

turkasthānaḥ   

madhyāśiyākhaṇḍe vartamānaḥ deśaḥ।

turkasthānaḥ pūrvapaścimayoḥ paṇyakendram āsīt।

kas

kās   

mukhāt kaphaniṣkāsanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

pitāmahaḥ rātrau bahu kāsati।

kas

ākāśavāṇī   

sā praṇālī yayā vidyutacumbakīyaiḥ taraṅgaiḥ nabhovāṇīsañce kāryakramaḥ prasāryate।

ākāśavāṇyaḥ tathā ca dūradarśanasya vijñāpanasevayā śāsanaṃ rājasvaṃ prāpnoti।

kas

ākāśavāṇī-kendram   

tat sthānaṃ yasmāt ākāśavāṇyā prasāraṇaṃ kriyate।

kṛṣiviṣayiṇīṃ paricarcāṃ kartuṃ pitṛvyaḥ ākāśavāṇī-kendraṃ gataḥ।

kas

pākistānīya, pākastānīyā   

pākistānasya nivāsī।

bhāratapākistānayoḥ sīmolaṅghanaṃ kurvantaḥ naike pākistānīyāḥ gṛhītāḥ।

kas

jyotsnāvat, jyotsnāyukta, candraprakāśita   

candramasaḥ prakāśena yuktam।

jyotsnāvatyāṃ rātrau aṭanam āhlādakaram।

kas

pippalīmūlam, caṭikāśiraḥ, granthikam, ṣaḍgranthiḥ, mūlam, kolamūlam, kaṭugranthiḥ, kaṭumūlam, kaṭūṣaṇam, sarvagranthiḥ, patrāḍhyam, virūpam, śoṣasambhavam, sugandhiḥ, granthilam, uṣaṇam   

pippalīnāmakalatāyāḥ mūlam।

pippalīmūlam auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

kas

sahacaraikaniṣṭha, sahacaraikaśaraṇa   

yaḥ sahacaraṃ prati ekaniṣṭhaḥ asti।

mohanaḥ svasya patnīṃ prati sahacaraikaniṣṭhaḥ asti।

kas

adhikaṣṭam, adhikṛcchram   

adhikaṃ kaṣṭaṃ athavā duḥkham।

rājñaḥ daśarathasya kṛte adhikaṣṭam asahanīyam āsīt।

kas

ekaṣaṣṭiḥ   

ṣaṣṭeḥ ekasya ca yogena prāptā saṃkhyā।

ekaṣaṣṭeḥ pañca niṣkāsyante cet kati avaśiṣyante।

kas

ekaṣaṣṭi   

ekādhikaṃ ṣaṣṭiḥ abhidheyā।

asmin vṛkṣe ekaṣaṣṭiḥ jambīrāni santi।

kas

ekaṣaṣṭitama   

gaṇanāyāṃ ekaṣaṣṭeḥ sthāne āgataḥ।

viṣamayamadyapānena jāyamānaṃ ekaṣaṣṭitamaṃ maraṇam asti idam।

kas

ekasaptati   

ekādhikaṃ saptatiḥ abhidheyā।

mama kanyā pratiśate ekasaptatiḥ aṅkān prāptavatī।

kas

ekasaptatitama   

gaṇanāyāṃ ekasaptateḥ sthāne āgataḥ।

paśyatu mayā ekasaptatitamā kapardikā prāptā।

kas

ekasaptatiḥ   

saptateḥ ekasya ca yogena prāptā saṃkhyā।

pañcāśataḥ ekaviṃśateḥ ca yogaḥ bhavati ekasaptatiḥ।

kas

ekāśītiḥ   

aśīteḥ ekasya ca yogena prāptā saṃkhyā।

saptaviṃśatiḥ tribhiḥ guṇyate cet ekāśītiḥ prāpyate।

kas

ekāśīti   

ekādhikam aśītiḥ abhidheyā।

bhavataḥ śarīre ekāśītiḥ tilāḥ santi।

kas

ekāśītitama, ekāśīta   

gaṇanāyām ekāśīteḥ sthāne vartamānaḥ।

mālāyām añjuḥ ekāśītitamaṃ puṣpaṃ gumphati।

kas

ākāśatolanayantram, vāyuvegamāpakam   

tāpamāpakavat kintu tataḥ kiñcit bṛhat yantraṃ yena vāyoḥ bhāraḥ mīyate।

ākāśatolanayantre jalasya v